UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended November 30, 2014

o TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _____ to _______

Commission File Number: 001-35245
 
SYNERGY RESOURCES CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 

Colorado
 
20-2835920
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
20203 Highway 60, Platteville, Colorado 80651
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number including area code:   (970) 737-1073

N/A
Former name, former address, and former fiscal year, if changed since last report

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
Yes  x       No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   
Yes  x       No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
 
Large accelerated filer  
x
Accelerated filer
o
 
Non-accelerated filer  
o
Smaller reporting company
o
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 Yes  o     No x
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:  85,327,715 shares outstanding as of January 7, 2015.

SYNERGY RESOURCES CORPORATION

Index

 
Page
Part I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheets as of November 30, 2014 (unaudited)
 and August 31, 2014
3
 
 
 
 
 
Statements of Operations for the three months ended
November 30, 2014 and November 30, 2013 (unaudited)
4
 
 
 
 
 
Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended
November 30, 2014 and November 30, 2013  (unaudited)
5
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Financial Statements (unaudited)
6
 
 
 
 
Item 2.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
29
 
 
 
 
Item 3.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
44
 
 
 
Item 4.
Controls and Procedures
44
 
 
 
 
Part II - OTHER INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.
Exhibits
45
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES
46


2

SYNERGY RESOURCES CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)
 
 
ASSETS
 
November 30,
2014
   
August 31,
2014
 
 
 
(unaudited)
   
 
Current assets:
 
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
47,111
   
$
34,753
 
Accounts receivable:
               
Oil and gas sales
   
21,059
     
16,974
 
Joint interest billing and other
   
24,964
     
15,398
 
Commodity derivative
   
11,984
     
365
 
Earnest money deposit
   
6,250
     
-
 
Other current assets
   
1,074
     
750
 
Total current assets
   
112,442
     
68,240
 
 
               
Property and equipment:
               
Evaluated oil and gas properties, full cost method, net
   
295,396
     
275,018
 
Unevaluated oil and gas properties
   
126,994
     
95,278
 
Other property and equipment, net
   
4,849
     
9,104
 
Property and equipment, net
   
427,239
     
379,400
 
 
               
Commodity derivative
   
4,534
     
54
 
Other assets
   
850
     
848
 
 
               
Total assets
 
$
545,065
   
$
448,542
 
 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
 
               
Current liabilities:
               
Trade accounts payable
 
$
354
   
$
1,747
 
Well costs payable
   
69,511
     
71,849
 
Revenue payable
   
25,251
     
14,487
 
Production taxes payable
   
18,983
     
14,376
 
Other accrued expenses
   
1,818
     
817
 
Commodity derivative
   
-
     
302
 
Total current liabilities
   
115,917
     
103,578
 
 
               
Revolving credit facility
   
77,000
     
37,000
 
Commodity derivative
   
-
     
307
 
Deferred tax liability, net
   
33,296
     
21,437
 
Asset retirement obligations
   
5,109
     
4,730
 
Total liabilities
   
231,322
     
167,052
 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 13)
               
 
               
Shareholders' equity:
               
Preferred stock - $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized:
               
no shares issued and outstanding
   
-
     
-
 
Common stock - $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized:
         
79,854,500 and 77,999,082 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
   
80
     
78
 
Additional paid-in capital
   
276,893
     
265,793
 
Retained earnings
   
36,770
     
15,619
 
Total shareholders' equity
   
313,743
     
281,490
 
 
               
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
 
$
545,065
   
$
448,542
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
3


 
SYNERGY RESOURCES CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 (unaudited; in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
 
 
   
 
Oil and gas revenues
 
$
42,538
   
$
19,266
 
 
               
Expenses
               
Lease operating expenses
   
3,041
     
1,273
 
Production taxes
   
4,178
     
2,016
 
Depletion, depreciation
               
   and amortization
   
16,454
     
5,591
 
General and administrative
   
4,110
     
3,168
 
Total expenses
   
27,783
     
12,048
 
 
               
Operating income
   
14,755
     
7,218
 
 
               
Other income (expense)
               
Commodity derivative realized gain (loss)
   
1,432
     
(398
)
Commodity derivative unrealized gain
   
16,708
     
2,636
 
Interest income
   
-
     
31
 
Total other income
   
18,140
     
2,269
 
 
               
Income before income taxes
   
32,895
     
9,487
 
 
               
Income tax provision
   
11,744
     
3,387
 
Net income
 
$
21,151
   
$
6,100
 
 
               
Net income per common share:
               
Basic
 
$
0.27
   
$
0.08
 
Diluted
 
$
0.26
   
$
0.08
 
 
               
Weighted average shares outstanding:
               
Basic
   
79,008,719
     
73,674,865
 
Diluted
   
80,141,152
     
76,044,605
 
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
4

 
SYNERGY RESOURCES CORPORATION
 STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 (unaudited, in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
2014
   
November 30,
2013
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
   
 
Net income
 
$
21,151
   
$
6,100
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
               
cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depletion, depreciation and amortization
   
16,454
     
5,591
 
Provision for deferred taxes
   
11,744
     
3,387
 
Stock-based compensation
   
793
     
419
 
Valuation increase in commodity derivatives
   
(16,708
)
   
(2,636
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
               
    Oil and gas sales
   
(4,085
)
   
(2,064
)
    Joint interest billing and other
   
(9,566
)
   
(768
)
Accounts payable
               
    Trade
   
(1,393
)
   
(603
)
    Revenue
   
10,764
     
2,729
 
    Production taxes
   
4,607
     
2,145
 
    Accrued expenses
   
1,001
     
250
 
Other
   
(327
)
   
363
 
Total adjustments
   
13,284
     
8,813
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
34,435
     
14,913
 
 
               
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Acquisition of property and equipment
   
(66,137
)
   
(57,127
)
Short-term investments
   
-
     
19,987
 
Earnest money deposit
   
(6,250
)
       
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(72,387
)
   
(37,140
)
 
               
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
   
10,699
     
23,771
 
Net proceeds from revolving credit facility
   
40,000
     
-
 
Shares withheld for payment of employee payroll taxes
   
(389
)
   
(34
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
50,310
     
23,737
 
 
               
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
   
12,358
     
1,510
 
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
   
34,753
     
19,463
 
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
47,111
   
$
20,973
 
 
               
Supplemental Cash Flow Information (See Note 14)
               

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


5


SYNERGY RESOURCES CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
November 30, 2014
(unaudited)


1.
Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization:     Synergy Resources Corporation ("the Company”) is engaged in oil and gas acquisition, exploration, development and production activities, primarily in the Denver-Julesburg Basin ("D-J Basin") of Colorado.

Basis of Presentation:     The Company has adopted August 31st as the end of its fiscal year.  The Company does not utilize any special purpose entities.

At the directive of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to use “plain English” in public filings, the Company will often use such terms as “we,” our,” or “us” in place of Synergy Resources Corporation. When such terms are used in this manner throughout this document, they are in reference only to the corporation, Synergy Resources Corporation, and are not used in reference to the Board of Directors, corporate officers, management, or any individual employee or group of employees.

The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).

Interim Financial Information:     The interim financial statements included herein have been   prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC as promulgated in Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X.  The balance sheet as of August 31, 2014 was derived from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2014.  Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such SEC rules and regulations.  The Company believes that the disclosures included are adequate to make the information presented not misleading, and recommends that these financial statements be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended August 31, 2014.

In management’s opinion, the unaudited financial statements contained herein reflect all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring items, which are necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows on a basis consistent with that of its prior audited financial statements.  However, the results of operations for interim periods may not be indicative of results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

Reclassifications :    Certain amounts previously presented for prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.  The reclassifications had no effect on net income, working capital or equity previously reported.

Use of Estimates:        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, including oil and gas reserves, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Management routinely makes judgments and estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.  Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.  Estimates and assumptions are revised periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period it is determined to be necessary.  Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
6


 
Cash and Cash Equivalents:     The Company considers cash in banks, deposits in transit, and highly liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturities of less than three months to be cash and cash equivalents.
 
Oil and Gas Properties:     The Company uses the full cost method of accounting for costs related to its oil and gas properties.  Accordingly, all costs associated with acquisition, exploration, and development of oil and gas reserves (including the costs of unsuccessful efforts) are capitalized into a single full cost pool.  These costs include land acquisition costs, geological and geophysical expense, carrying charges on non-producing properties, costs of drilling and overhead charges directly related to acquisition and exploration activities.  Under the full cost method, no gain or loss is recognized upon the sale or abandonment of oil and gas properties unless non-recognition of such gain or loss would significantly alter the relationship between capitalized costs and proved oil and gas reserves.

Capitalized costs of oil and gas properties are depleted using the units-of-production method based upon estimates of proved reserves.  For depletion purposes, the volume of petroleum reserves and production is converted into a common unit of measure at the energy equivalent conversion rate of six thousand cubic feet of natural gas to one barrel of crude oil.  Investments in unevaluated properties and major development projects are not amortized until proved reserves associated with the projects can be determined or until impairment occurs.  If the results of an assessment indicate that the properties are impaired, the amount of the impairment is added to the capitalized costs to be amortized.

Wells in progress represent the costs associated with the drilling of oil and gas wells that have yet to be completed as of November 30, 2014.  Since the wells had not been completed as of November 30, 2014, they were classified within unevaluated oil and gas properties and were withheld from the depletion calculation and ceiling test.  The costs for these wells will be transferred into proved property when the wells commence production and will become subject to depletion and the ceiling test calculation in subsequent periods.

Under the full cost method of accounting, a ceiling test is performed each quarter.  The full cost ceiling test is an impairment test prescribed by SEC regulations.  The ceiling test determines a limit on the book value of oil and gas properties.  The capitalized costs of proved and unproved oil and gas properties, net of accumulated depletion, depreciation, and amortization, and the related deferred income taxes, may not exceed the estimated future net cash flows from proved oil and gas reserves, less future cash outflows associated with asset retirement obligations that have been accrued, plus the cost of unproved properties not being amortized, plus the lower of cost or estimated fair value of unproven properties being amortized.  Prices are held constant for the productive life of each well.  Net cash flows are discounted at 10%.  If net capitalized costs exceed this limit, the excess is charged to expense and reflected as additional accumulated depletion, depreciation and amortization.  The calculation of future net cash flows assumes continuation of current economic conditions.  Once impairment expense is recognized, it cannot be reversed in future periods, even if increasing prices raise the ceiling amount.  No provision for impairment was required for either the three months ended November 30, 2014 or 2013. 

The oil and natural gas prices used to calculate the full cost ceiling limitation are based upon a 12 month rolling average, calculated as the unweighted arithmetic average of the first day of the month price for each month within the 12 month period prior to the end of the reporting period, unless prices are defined by contractual arrangements.  Prices are adjusted for basis or location differentials.
 
 
7


 
Oil and Gas Reserves:     Oil and gas reserves represent theoretical, estimated quantities of crude oil and natural gas which geological and engineering data estimate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating oil and gas reserves and their values, including many factors beyond the Company’s control. Accordingly, reserve estimates are different from the future quantities of oil and gas that are ultimately recovered and the corresponding lifting costs associated with the recovery of these reserves.

The determination of depletion and amortization expenses, as well as the ceiling test calculation related to the recorded value of the Company’s oil and natural gas properties, is highly dependent on estimates of proved oil and natural gas reserves.

Capitalized Interest:     The Company capitalizes interest on expenditures made in connection with acquisition of mineral interests and development projects that are not subject to current amortization.  Interest is capitalized during the period that activities are in progress to bring the projects to their intended use.  See Note 9 for additional information.

Capitalized Overhead:     A portion of the Company’s overhead expenses are directly attributable to acquisition and development activities.  Under the full cost method of accounting, these expenses in the amounts showing in the table below were capitalized in the full cost pool (in thousands):

 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Capitalized Overhead
 
$
503
   
$
317
 

Well Costs Payable:     The costs of wells in progress are recorded as incurred, generally based upon invoiced amounts or joint interest billings (“JIB”).  For those instances in which an invoice or JIB is not received on a timely basis, estimated costs are accrued to oil and gas properties, generally based on the authorization for expenditure.

Other Property and Equipment:   Support equipment (including such items as vehicles, well servicing equipment, and office furniture and equipment) is stated at the lower of cost or market.  Depreciation of support equipment is computed using primarily the straight-line method over periods ranging from five to seven years.

Asset Retirement Obligations:     The Company’s activities are subject to various laws and regulations, including legal and contractual obligations to reclaim, remediate, or otherwise restore properties at the time the asset is permanently removed from service.  Calculation of an asset retirement obligation ("ARO") requires estimates about several future events, including the life of the asset, the costs to remove the asset from service, and inflation factors.  The ARO is initially estimated based upon discounted cash flows over the life of the asset and is accreted to full value over time using the Company’s credit adjusted risk-free interest rate.  Estimates are periodically reviewed and adjusted to reflect changes.

The present value of a liability for the ARO is initially recorded when it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made.  This is typically when a well is completed or an asset is placed in service.  When the ARO is initially recorded, the Company capitalizes the cost (asset retirement cost or “ARC”) by increasing the carrying value of the related asset.  ARCs related to wells are capitalized to the full cost pool and subject to depletion.  Over time, the liability increases for the change in its present value (accretion of ARO), while the net capitalized cost decreases over the useful life of the asset, as depletion expense is recognized.  In addition, ARCs are included in the ceiling test calculation for valuing the full cost pool.
 
8


Oil and Gas Sales:     The Company derives revenue primarily from the sale of crude oil and natural gas produced on its properties.  Revenues from production on properties in which the Company shares an economic interest with other owners are recognized on the basis of the Company's pro-rata interest.  Revenues are reported on a gross basis for the amounts received before taking into account production taxes and lease operating costs, which are reported as separate expenses.  Revenue is recorded and receivables are accrued using the sales method, which occurs in the month production is delivered to the purchaser, at which time ownership of the oil is transferred to the purchaser.  Payment is generally received between thirty and ninety days after the date of production.  Provided that reasonable estimates can be made, revenue and receivables are accrued to recognize delivery of product to the purchaser.  Differences between estimates and actual volumes and prices, if any, are adjusted upon final settlement.
 
Major Customers and Operating Region:     The Company operates exclusively within the United States of America.  Except for cash and short-term investments, all of the Company’s assets are employed in and all of its revenues are derived from the oil and gas industry.   The table below presents the percentages of oil and gas revenue resulting from purchases by major customers.
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
Major Customers
 
2014
   
2013
 
Company A
   
68%
 
   
60%
 
Company B
   
12%
 
   
15%
 

The Company sells production to a small number of customers, as is customary in the industry.  Based on the current demand for oil and natural gas, the availability of other buyers, and the Company having the option to sell to other buyers if conditions so warrant, the Company believes that its oil and gas production can be sold in the market in the event that it is not sold to the Company’s existing customers. However, in some circumstances, a change in customers may entail significant transition costs and/or shutting in or curtailing production for weeks or even months during the transition to a new customer.

Accounts receivable consist primarily of trade receivables from oil and gas sales and amounts due from other working interest owners whom have been billed for their proportionate share of well costs.  The Company typically has the right to withhold future revenue disbursements to recover outstanding joint interest billings on outstanding receivables from joint interest owners.

Customers with balances greater than 10% of total receivable balances as of each of the periods presented are shown in the following table:

Major Customers
 
As of
November 30,
2014
   
As of
November 30,
2013
 
Company A
   
29%
 
   
29%
 
Company B
   
(1)
     
16%
 
Company C
   
(1)
     
10%
 
 
(1)   Balance was less than 10% of total receivable balances during the period.
 
Lease Operating Expenses:     Costs incurred to operate and maintain wells and related equipment and facilities are expensed as incurred.  Lease operating expenses (also referred to as production or lifting costs) include the costs of labor to operate the wells and related equipment and facilities, repairs and maintenance, materials, supplies, and fuel consumed and supplies utilized in operating the wells and related equipment and facilities, property taxes and insurance applicable to proved properties and wells and related equipment and facilities.
 
9


 
Stock-Based Compensation:     The Company recognizes all equity-based compensation as stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the compensation measured at the grant date, calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.  The expense is recognized over the vesting period of the grant.  See Note 11 for additional information.

Income Tax:     Income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method.  Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities, their respective tax bases as well as the effect of net operating losses, tax credits and tax credit carry-forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in income tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

No significant uncertain tax positions were identified as of any date on or before November 30, 2014.  The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax benefits in income tax expense.  As of November 30, 2014, the Company has not recognized any interest or penalties related to uncertain tax benefits.

Financial Instruments :    The Company considers cash in banks, deposits in transit, and highly liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturities of less than three months to be cash and cash equivalents.  A substantial portion of the Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, and obligations under the revolving line of credit facility, all of which are considered to be representative of their fair value due to the short-term and highly liquid nature of these instruments.

Financial instruments, whether measured on a recurring or non-recurring basis, are recorded at fair value.  A fair value hierarchy, established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).

As discussed in Note 5, the Company incurred asset retirement obligations during the periods presented, the value of which was determined using unobservable pricing inputs (or Level 3 inputs).  The Company uses the income valuation technique to estimate the fair value of the obligation using several assumptions and judgments about the ultimate settlement amounts, inflation factors, credit adjusted discount rates, and timing of settlement.

Commodity Derivative Instruments:     The Company has entered into commodity derivative instruments, primarily utilizing swaps or “no premium” collars to reduce the effect of price changes on a portion of its future oil and gas production. The Company’s commodity derivative instruments are measured at fair value and are included in the accompanying balance sheets as commodity derivative assets and liabilities. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded based on the changes in the fair values of the derivative instruments. Both the unrealized and realized gains and losses resulting from the contract settlement of derivatives are recorded in the commodity derivative line on the statement of operations. The Company values its derivative instruments by obtaining independent market quotes, as well as using industry standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, risk-free interest rates, and estimated volatility factors, as well as other relevant economic measures.  The Company compares the valuations calculated by it to valuations provided by the counterparties to assess the reasonableness of each valuation. The discount rate used in the fair values of these instruments includes a measure of nonperformance risk by the counterparty or the Company, as appropriate. For additional discussion, please refer to Note 7—Commodity Derivative Instruments.
 
10


 
Earnings Per Share Amounts:     Basic earnings per share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution of securities that could share in the earnings of the Company.  The number of potential shares outstanding relating to stock options and warrants is computed using the treasury stock method.  Potentially dilutive securities outstanding are not included in the calculation when such securities would have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.
 
The following table sets forth the share calculation of diluted earnings per share:
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
 
 
   
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding-basic
   
79,008,719
     
73,674,865
 
Potentially dilutive common shares from:
               
Stock Options
   
793,270
     
551,060
 
Warrants
   
339,163
     
1,818,680
 
 
   
1,132,433
     
2,369,740
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted
   
80,141,152
     
76,044,605
 
 
 
The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the periods presented were not included in the respective earnings per share calculation above; as such securities had an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share:
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
 
 
   
 
Employee stock options
   
523,000
     
810,000
 
 
 
 Recent Accounting Pronouncements:     We evaluate the pronouncements of various authoritative accounting organizations to determine the impact of new pronouncements on US GAAP and the impact on us.

  In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”), which establishes a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard designed to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so, companies may need to use more judgment and make more estimates than under current revenue recognition guidance. ASU 2014-09 allows for the use of either the full or modified retrospective transition method, and the standard will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 including interim periods within that period. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating which transition approach to use and the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
11

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2011-11, “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2011-11”), and issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-01, “Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2013-01”) in January 2013. These updates require disclosures about the nature of an entity’s rights of offset and related arrangements associated with its recognized derivative contracts. The new disclosure requirements, which are effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, were implemented by the Company on September 1, 2013. The implementation of ASU 2011-11 and ASU 2013-01 had no impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. See Note 7 for the Company’s derivative disclosures.
There were various updates recently issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, most of which represented technical corrections to the accounting literature or application to specific industries and are not expected to a have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 
 
 

 
12

 
2.
Property and Equipment

The capitalized costs related to the Company’s oil and gas producing activities were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
As of
   
As of
 
 
 
November 30, 2014
   
August 31, 2014
 
Oil and gas properties, full cost method:
 
   
 
   Unevaluated costs, not subject to amortization:
 
   
 
      Lease acquisition and other costs
 
$
61,133
   
$
41,531
 
      Wells in progress
   
65,861
     
53,747
 
         Subtotal, unevaluated costs
   
126,994
     
95,278
 
 
               
   Evaluated costs:
               
      Producing and non-producing
   
366,951
     
329,926
 
         Total capitalized costs
   
493,945
     
425,204
 
      Less, accumulated depletion
   
(71,555
)
   
(54,908
)
           Oil and gas properties, net
   
422,390
     
370,296
 
 
               
Land
   
4,478
     
3,898
 
Other property and equipment
   
822
     
5,961
 
Less, accumulated depreciation
   
(451
)
   
(755
)
            Other property and equipment, net
   
4,849
     
9,104
 
 
               
Total property and equipment, net
 
$
427,239
   
$
379,400
 
 
    
Periodically, the Company reviews its unevaluated properties to determine if the carrying value of such assets exceeds estimated fair value. The reviews for the three months ended November 30, 2014 indicated that estimated fair values of such assets exceeded carrying values, thus revealing no impairment. The full cost ceiling test, explained in Note 1, and, as performed for the three months ended November 30, 2014, similarly revealed no impairment of oil and gas assets.
 
During the quarter ended November 30, 2014, certain amounts previously recorded were reclassified from one category to another without changing the total amounts recorded as property and equipment.  Specifically, costs associated with the disposal well and related equipment were reclassified from other property and equipment into producing oil and gas properties.  The updated classification for the disposal well and related equipment did not result in a change to previously reported depletion, depreciation, and amortization expense (“DDA”).  In future periods, DDA for the disposal well will be included in the calculation of depletion for the full cost pool, and will not be calculated as a component of depreciation. Secondly, as discussed in Note 3, the analysis of assets acquired in certain 2014 business combination transactions was completed and fair values associated with probable horizontal well development were reclassified from evaluated costs into unevaluated costs.



13

 

3.
Acquisitions
 
During the year ended August 31, 2014, the Company closed on two transactions that qualified as Business Combinations under ASC 805.  The initial accounting treatment of the transactions was based upon the preliminary analysis of the assets acquired.  During the quarter ended November 30, 2014, the Company completed its analysis and finalized the allocation of purchase price to the assets acquired.  The following tables present the final fair values.
 
On September 16, 2013, the Company entered into a definitive purchase and sale agreement, with Trilogy Resources, LLC (“Trilogy”), for its interests in 21 producing oil and gas wells and approximately 800 net mineral acres (the “Trilogy Assets”). On November 12, 2013, the Company closed the transaction for a combination of cash and stock.  Trilogy received 301,339 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $2.9 million and cash consideration of approximately $15.9 million.   No material transaction costs were incurred in connection with this acquisition.
 
The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method under ASC 805, Business Combinations, which requires the acquired assets and liabilities to be recorded at fair values as of the acquisition date of November 12, 2013.  The following table summarizes the final purchase price and the final fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
 
Purchase Price
 
November 12,
2013
 
Consideration Given
 
 
Cash
 
$
15,902
 
Synergy Resources Corp. Common Stock *
   
2,896
 
 
       
Total consideration given
 
$
18,798
 
 
       
Allocation of Purchase Price
       
Proved oil and gas properties
 
$
11,514
 
Unproved oil and gas properties
 
$
7,725
 
Total fair value of oil and gas properties acquired
   
19,239
 
 
       
Working capital
 
$
(83
)
Asset retirement obligation
   
(358
)
 
       
Fair value of net assets acquired
 
$
18,798
 
 
       
Working capital acquired was estimated as follows:
       
Accounts receivable
   
536
 
Accrued liabilities and expenses
   
(619
)
 
       
Total working capital
 
$
(83
)
 

* The fair value of the consideration attributed to the Common Stock under ASC 805 was based on the Company's closing stock price on the measurement date of November 12, 2013. (301,339 shares at $9.61 per share)


14

 
On August 27, 2013, the Company entered into a definitive purchase and sale agreement (“the Agreement”), with Apollo Operating, LLC (“Apollo”), for its interests in 38 producing oil and gas wells, partial interest (25%) in one water disposal well (the “Disposal Well”), and approximately 3,639 gross (1,000 net) mineral acres (“the Apollo Operating Assets”). On November 13, 2013, the Company closed the transaction for a combination of cash and stock.  Apollo received cash consideration of approximately $11.0 million and 550,518 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $5.2 million.  Following its acquisition of the Apollo Operating Assets, the Company acquired all other remaining interests in the Disposal Well (the “Related Interests”) through several transactions with the individual owners of such interests. The Company acquired the Related Interests for approximately $3.7 million in cash consideration and 20,626 shares of the Company’s common stock, valued at $0.2 million.  No material transaction costs were incurred in connection with this acquisition.
 
The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method under ASC 805, Business Combinations, which requires the acquired assets and liabilities to be recorded at fair values as of the acquisition date of November 13, 2013. The following table summarizes the final purchase price and the final fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
 
Purchase Price
 
November 13,
2013
 
Consideration Given
 
 
Cash
 
$
14,688
 
Synergy Resources Corp. Common Stock *
   
5,432
 
 
       
Total consideration given
 
$
20,120
 
 
       
Allocation of Purchase Price
       
Proved oil and gas properties
 
$
13,284
 
Unproved oil and gas properties
 
$
7,577
 
Total fair value of oil and gas properties acquired
   
20,861
 
 
       
Working capital
 
$
(507
)
Asset retirement obligation
   
(234
)
 
       
Fair value of net assets acquired
 
$
20,120
 
 
       
Working capital acquired was estimated as follows:
       
Accounts receivable
   
662
 
Accrued liabilities and expenses
   
(1,169
)
 
       
Total working capital
 
$
(507
)
 
* The fair value of the consideration attributed to the Common Stock under ASC 805 was based on the Company's closing stock prices on the measurement dates (including 550,518 shares at $9.49 per share on November 13, 2013 plus 20,626 shares at various measurement dates at an average per share price of $10.08).
            
 
15


 
The Company believes both acquisitions will be accretive to cash flow and earnings per share.  The acquisitions qualify as a business combination, and as such, the Company estimated the fair value of each property as of the acquisition date (the date on which the Company obtained control of the properties). Fair value measurements utilize assumptions of market participants. To determine the fair value of the oil and gas assets, the Company used an income approach based on a discounted cash flow model and made market assumptions as to future commodity prices, projections of estimated quantities of oil and natural gas reserves, expectations for timing and amount of future development and operating costs, projections of future rates of production, expected recovery rates and risk adjusted discount rates. The Company determined the appropriate discount rates used for the discounted cash flow analyses by using a weighted-average cost of capital from a market participant perspective plus property-specific risk premiums for the assets acquired. The Company estimated property-specific risk premiums taking into consideration that the related reserves are primarily natural gas, among other items.  Given the unobservable nature of the significant inputs, they are deemed to be Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The working capital assets acquired were determined to be at fair value due to their short-term nature.
 
The preliminary analysis and allocation of the purchase price focused on the values inherent in the proved producing wells and the associated proved undeveloped reserves.  All of the producing wells acquired in the transactions were vertical wells and the initial estimates allocated all fair value to proved properties associated with vertical well development.  The final analysis also considered the additional value provided by the virtue of the ability to drill horizontal wells in the acquired acreage.  Adding horizontal wells to the development plan required a further evaluation as to the classification of the horizontal reserves, as reserves classified as proved under a vertical well drilling plan may be classified differently under a horizontal drilling plan.  In the subject acres, the horizontal well reserves are classified as unproved even though the vertical well reserves are proved.  Thus, the final analysis attributed $15.3 million of fair value to the unproved properties.

The reclassification of $15.3 million of acquired fair value has been treated as a change in estimate, and no retroactive adjustments were made to DDA, net income, or retained earnings.  Since only proved reserves are used to calculate DDA, and since proved reserves did not change, future DDA calculations will be reduced by the negligible amount associated with the removal of $15.3 million from the full cost pool.

 
4.
Depletion, depreciation and amortization (“DDA”)
 
Depletion, depreciation and amortization consisted of the following:

 
 
Three Months ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
(in thousands)
 
2014
   
2013
 
Depletion
 
$
16,304
   
$
5,490
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
150
     
101
 
Total DDA Expense
 
$
16,454
   
$
5,591
 
 
Capitalized costs of evaluated oil and gas properties are depleted quarterly using the units-of-production method based on a depletion rate, which is calculated by comparing production volumes for the quarter to estimated total reserves at the beginning of the quarter.

5 .
Asset Retirement Obligations
 
Upon completion or acquisition of a well, the Company recognizes obligations for its oil and gas operations for anticipated costs to remove and dispose of surface equipment, plug and abandon the wells, and restore the drilling sites to their original use.  The estimated present value of such obligations is determined using several assumptions and judgments about the ultimate settlement amounts, inflation factors, credit adjusted discount rates, timing of settlement, and changes in regulations.  Changes in estimates are reflected in the obligations as they occur.  If the fair value of a recorded asset retirement obligation changes, a revision is recorded to both the asset retirement obligation and the asset retirement capitalized cost.  For the purpose of determining the fair value of ARO incurred during the periods, the Company used the following assumptions:

 
 
 
 
For the Three Months Ended
 November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Inflation rate
   
3.90%
 
   
3.9 - 4.0%
 
Estimated asset life
 
25.0 - 39.0 years
   
24.0 - 40.0 years
 
Credit adjusted risk free interest rate
   
8.0%
 
   
8.0%
 
 
 
 
16


 
The following table summarizes the change in asset retirement obligations associated with the Company’s oil and gas properties (in thousands):
 
 
Asset retirement obligations, August 31, 2014
 
$
4,730
 
  Liabilities incurred
   
269
 
  Liabilities assumed
   
-
 
  Accretion expense
   
110
 
Asset retirement obligations, November 30, 2014
 
$
5,109
 
 
6.
Revolving Credit Facility
 
The description of the Company’s revolving credit facility contained in this Note 6 provides historical information that existed as of November 30, 2014.  As described in Note 15 – Subsequent Events, the facility was amended on December 15, 2014, to, among other things, increase the number of banks participating in the facility, name a new administrative agent bank, increase the commitment to $500 million and the borrowing base to $230 million, and to extend the maturity date.  Additional details regarding the amendment can be found in Item 2 – Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and in a copy of the amendment filed as an exhibit to this quarterly report.
 
The Company maintains a revolving credit facility (“LOC”) with a bank syndicate.  The LOC is available for working capital requirements, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes, and to support letters of credit.  During the quarter ended November 30, 2014, the terms of the LOC provided for $300 million in the maximum amount of borrowings available to the Company, subject to a borrowing base limitation.  Community Banks of Colorado acted as the administrative agent for the bank syndicate with respect to the LOC.  The expiration date of the credit facility was May 29, 2019.
 
Interest under the LOC is payable monthly and accrues at a variable rate, subject to a minimum rate of 2.5%.  For each borrowing, the Company designates its choice of reference rates, which can be either the Prime Rate plus a margin of 0.5% to 1.5%, or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a margin of 1.75% to 2.75%.  The interest rate margin, as well as other bank fees, varies with utilization of the LOC.  The average annual interest rate for borrowings during the three months ended November 30, 2014, was 2.5%, representing the minimum rate.
 
Certain of the Company’s assets, including substantially all developed properties, have been designated as collateral under the arrangement.  The borrowing commitment is subject to adjustment based upon a borrowing base calculation that includes the value of oil and gas reserves.  The borrowing base limitation is subject to scheduled redeterminations on a semi-annual basis.  In certain events, and at the discretion of the bank syndicate, an unscheduled redetermination could be prepared.  During the quarter ended November 30, 2014, the borrowing base was $110 million.   As of November 30, 2014, based upon a borrowing base of $110 million and an outstanding principal balance of $77 million, the unused borrowing base available for future borrowing totaled approximately $33 million.
 
The arrangement contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the payment of dividends.  In addition, the LOC generally requires an overall hedge position that covers a rolling 24 months of estimated future production with a minimum position of no less than 45% and a maximum position of no more than 85% of hydrocarbon production.
 
Furthermore, the arrangement requires the Company to maintain certain financial ratio compliance covenants.  Under the requirements, on a quarterly basis, the Company must (a) not, at any time, permit its ratio of total funded debt as of such time to EBITDAX, as defined in the agreement, to be greater than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0; and (b) not, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter, permit its adjusted current ratio, as defined, to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.  As of November 30, 2014, the most recent compliance date, the Company was in compliance with all loan covenants.
 
17


 
7 .
Commodity Derivative Instruments

The Company has entered into commodity derivative instruments, as described below.  The Company has utilized swaps or “no premium” collars to reduce the effect of price changes on a portion of its future oil and gas production.  A swap requires a payment to the counterparty if the settlement price exceeds the strike price and the same counterparty is required to make a payment if the settlement price is less than the strike price.  A collar requires a payment to the counterparty if the settlement price is above the ceiling price and requires the counterparty to make a payment if the settlement price is below the floor price.  The objective of the Company’s use of derivative financial instruments is to achieve more predictable cash flows in an environment of volatile oil and gas prices and to manage its exposure to commodity price risk.  While the use of these derivative instruments limits the downside risk of adverse price movements, such use may also limit the Company’s ability to benefit from favorable price movements.  The Company may, from time to time, add incremental derivatives to hedge additional production, restructure existing derivative contracts or enter into new transactions to modify the terms of current contracts in order to realize the current value of the Company’s existing positions.  The Company does not enter into derivative contracts for speculative purposes.

The use of derivatives involves the risk that the counterparties to such instruments will be unable to meet the financial terms of such contracts.  The Company’s derivative contracts are currently with four counterparties.  Two of the counterparties are a participating lender in the Company’s credit facility.  The Company has netting arrangements with the counterparties that provide for the offset of payables against receivables from separate derivative arrangements with the counterparty in the event of contract termination.  The derivative contracts may be terminated by a non-defaulting party in the event of default by one of the parties to the agreement.

The Company’s commodity derivative instruments are measured at fair value and are included in the accompanying balance sheets as commodity derivative assets and liabilities.  Unrealized gains and losses are recorded based on the changes in the fair values of the derivative instruments.  Both the unrealized and realized gains and losses resulting from contract settlement of derivatives are recorded in the statements of operations.  The Company’s cash flow is only impacted when the actual settlements under commodity derivative contracts result in making or receiving a payment to or from the Counterparty.  These settlements under the commodity derivative contracts are reflected as operating activities in the Company’s statements of cash flows.

The Company’s valuation estimate takes into consideration the counterparty’s credit worthiness, the Company’s credit worthiness, and the time value of money.  The consideration of the factors results in an estimated exit-price for each derivative asset or liability under a market place participant’s view.  Management believes that this approach provides a reasonable, non-biased, verifiable, and consistent methodology for valuing commodity derivative instruments.
 
18


 
The Company’s commodity derivative contracts as of November 30, 2014 are summarized below:
 
Settlement Period
Derivative
Instrument
 
Average Volumes
(BBls/MMBtu
per month)
   
Average
Strike
Price
   
Floor
Price
   
Celling
Price
 
Crude Oil - NYMEX WTI
 
 
   
   
   
 
Dec 1, 2014 - Dec 31, 2014
Collar
   
21,840
     
-
   
$
86.83
   
$
96.44
 
Dec 1, 2014 - Dec 31, 2014
Swap
   
56,840
   
$
87.08
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
                               
Jan 1, 2015 - Jun 30, 2015
Collar
   
7,000
     
-
   
$
80.00
   
$
92.50
 
Jan 1, 2015 - Jun 30, 2015
Collar
   
2,500
     
-
   
$
80.00
   
$
95.75
 
Jul  1, 2015 - Dec 31, 2015
Collar
   
9,000
     
-
   
$
80.00
   
$
92.25
 
Jan 1, 2015 - Dec 31, 2015
Collar
   
4,500
     
-
   
$
80.00
   
$
99.40
 
Jan 1, 2015 - Dec 31, 2015
Collar
   
6,000
     
-
   
$
85.00
   
$
101.30
 
Jan 1, 2015 -  Jun 30, 2015
Swap
   
20,000
   
$
90.10
     
-
     
-
 
Jul  1, 2015 - Dec 31, 2015
Swap
   
15,500
   
$
89.52
     
-
     
-
 
Jan 1, 2015 - Oct 31, 2015
Swap
   
14,600
   
$
78.65
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
                               
Jan 1, 2016 - May 31, 2016
Collar
   
10,000
     
-
   
$
75.00
   
$
96.00
 
Jan 1, 2016 - May 31, 2016
Collar
   
5,000
     
-
   
$
80.00
   
$
100.75
 
Jun 1, 2016 - Aug 31, 2016
Collar
   
15,000
     
-
   
$
80.00
   
$
100.05
 
Jan 1, 2016 - Aug 31, 2016
Swap
   
5,000
   
$
88.55
     
-
     
-
 
Sep 1, 2016 - Dec 31, 2016
Swap
   
20,000
   
$
88.10
     
-
     
-
 
Jan 1, 2016 - Oct 31, 2016
Swap
   
6,400
   
$
78.96
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
                               
 
 
                               
 
 
                               
Natural Gas - NYMEX Henry Hub
                               
Dec 1, 2014 - Dec 31, 2014
Swap
   
80,000
   
$
4.58
     
-
     
-
 
Dec 1, 2014 - Dec 31, 2014
Collar
   
30,000
     
-
   
$
4.07
   
$
4.18
 
Jan 1, 2015 - Dec 31, 2015
Collar
   
72,000
     
-
   
$
4.15
   
$
4.49
 
Jan 1, 2016 - May 31, 2016
Collar
   
60,000
     
-
   
$
4.05
   
$
4.54
 
Jun 1, 2016 - Aug 31, 2016
Collar
   
60,000
     
-
   
$
3.90
   
$
4.14
 

 
Offsetting of Derivative Assets and Liabilities

As of November 30, 2014 and 2013, all derivative instruments held by the Company were subject to enforceable master netting arrangements held by various financial institutions.  In general, the terms of the Company’s agreements provide for offsetting of amounts payable or receivable between it and the counterparty, at election of both parties, for transactions that occur on the same date and in the same currency.  They Company’s agreements also provide that in the event of an early termination, the counterparties have the right to offset amounts owed or owing under that and any other agreement with the same counterparty.  The Company’s accounting policy is to offset these positions in its accompanying balance sheets.
 
 
19


 
The following table provides a reconciliation between the net assets and liabilities reflected on the accompanying balance sheets and the potential of master netting arrangements on the fair value of the Company’s derivative contract (in thousands):


 
  
 
As of November 30, 2014
 
Underlying Commodity
Balance Sheet
Location
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets and Liabilities
   
Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet
   
Net Amounts of Assets and Liabilities Presented in the Balance Sheet
 
Derivative contracts
Current assets
 
$
12,184
   
$
(200
)
 
$
11,984
 
Derivative contracts
Noncurrent assets
 
$
4,756
   
$
(222
)
 
$
4,534
 
Derivative contracts
Current liabilities
 
$
200
   
$
(200
)
 
$
-
 
Derivative contracts
Noncurrent liabilities
 
$
222
   
$
(222
)
 
$
-
 
 
 
 
  
 
As of August 31, 2014
 
Underlying Commodity
Balance Sheet
Location
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets and Liabilities
   
Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet
   
Net Amounts of Assets and Liabilities Presented in the Balance Sheet
 
Derivative contracts
Current assets
 
$
903
   
$
(538
)
 
$
365
 
Derivative contracts
Noncurrent assets
 
$
718
   
$
(664
)
 
$
54
 
Derivative contracts
Current liabilities
 
$
840
   
$
(538
)
 
$
302
 
Derivative contracts
Noncurrent liabilities
 
$
971
   
$
(664
)
 
$
307
 
 
The amount of gain (loss) recognized in the statements of operations related to derivative financial instruments was as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Three Months ended
 
 
November 30
 
November 30
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
Unrealized gain on commodity derivatives
$
16,708
 
$
2,636
 
Realized gain (loss) on commodity derivatives
 
1,432
   
(398
)
Total gain
$
18,140
 
$
2,238
 
 
 

Credit-Related Contingent Features
 
During the quarter ended November 30, 2014, the Company added a fourth counterparty to its derivative transactions.  The additional counterparty is a member of the Company’s credit facility syndicate and the Company’s obligations under its credit facility and derivative contracts are secured by liens on substantially all of the Company’s producing oil and gas properties.
 
20



8 .
Fair Value Measurements

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure, establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value for financial assets and liabilities that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available.  Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company.  Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.  The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of the inputs as follows:

·
Level 1: Quoted prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
·
Level 2: Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities that are observable for the asset or liability;
·
Level 3: Unobservable pricing inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources, such as discounted cash or valuation models.

The financial assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the fair value of assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

The Company’s non-recurring fair value measurements include asset retirement obligations and purchase price allocations for the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired through business combinations.

The Company determines the estimated fair value of its asset retirement obligations by calculating the present value of estimated cash flows related to plugging and abandonment liabilities using Level 3 inputs. The significant inputs used to calculate such liabilities include estimates of costs to be incurred; the Company’s credit adjusted discount rates, inflation rates and estimated dates of abandonment. The asset retirement liability is accreted to its present value each period and the capitalized asset retirement cost is depleted as a component of the full cost pool using the units-of-production method.  See Note 5—Asset Retirement Obligations, for additional information.

The acquisition of a group of assets in a business combination transaction requires fair value estimates for assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  The fair value of assets and liabilities acquired through business combinations is calculated using a discounted-cash flow approach using primarily unobservable inputs.  Inputs are reviewed by management on an annual basis. Cash flow estimates require forecasts and assumptions for many years into the future for a variety of factors, including risk-adjusted oil and gas reserves, commodity prices and operating costs. See Note 3—Acquisitions, for additional information.
 
 
21


 
The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of November 30, 2014 and August 31, 2014 by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):
 
  
 
Fair Value Measurements at November 30, 2014
 
  
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
Financial assets and liabilities:
 
   
   
   
 
Commodity derivative asset
 
$
-
   
$
16,518
   
$
-
   
$
16,518
 
Commodity derivative liability
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
 
                               
  
 
Fair Value Measurements at August 31, 2014
 
  
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
Financial assets and liabilities:
                               
Commodity derivative asset
 
$
-
   
$
419
   
$
-
   
$
419
 
Commodity derivative liability
 
$
-
   
$
609
   
$
-
   
$
609
 

 
Commodity Derivative Instruments

The Company determines its estimate of the fair value of commodity derivative instruments using a market approach based on several factors, including quoted market prices in active markets, quotes from third parties, the credit rating of each counterparty, and the Company’s own credit standing. In consideration of counterparty credit risk, the Company assessed the possibility of whether the counterparty to the derivative would default by failing to make any contractually required payments.  Additionally, the Company considers that it is of substantial credit quality and has the financial resources and willingness to meet its potential repayment obligations associated with the derivative transactions. At November 30, 2014, derivative instruments utilized by the Company consist of both “no premium” collars and swaps. The crude oil and natural gas derivative markets are highly active. Although the Company’s derivative instruments are based on several factors including public indices, the instruments themselves are traded with third-party counterparties and are not openly traded on an exchange. As such, the Company has classified these instruments as Level 2.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, commodity derivative instruments (discussed above) and credit facility borrowings. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are representative of their fair values due to their short-term maturities.  The carrying amount of the Company’s credit facility approximated fair value as it bears interest at variable rates over the term of the loan.

 
22


 
9.
Interest Expense
 
The components of interest expense are (in thousands):
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
 
 
   
 
Revolving credit facility
 
$
378
   
$
251
 
Amortization of debt issuance costs
   
137
     
94
 
Less, interest capitalized
   
(515
)
   
(345
)
Interest expense, net
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
 
10.
Shareholders’ Equity

 The Company’s classes of stock are summarized as follows:
 
 
 
As of November 30,
   
As of August 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2014
 
Preferred stock, shares authorized
   
10,000,000
     
10,000,000
 
Preferred stock, par value
 
$
0.01
   
$
0.01
 
Preferred stock, shares issued and outstanding
 
nil
   
nil
 
Common stock, shares authorized
   
200,000,000
     
200,000,000
 
Common stock, par value
 
$
0.001
   
$
0.001
 
Common stock, shares issued and outstanding
   
79,854,500
     
77,999,082
 
 
 
 Preferred Stock may be issued in series with such rights and preferences as may be determined by the Board of Directors.  Since inception, the Company has not issued any preferred shares.
 
 
Common stock warrants

The following table summarizes information about the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock warrants as of November 30, 2014:
 
Description
 
Number of Warrants
   
Exercise Price
   
Remaining Contractual Life (in years)
   
Exercise Price times Number of Warrants
 
Series C
   
778,330
   
 
$6.00
     
0.1
   
$
4,669,980
 
Series D
   
1,058
   
 
$1.60
     
0.1
   
$
1,693
 
 
   
779,388
                   
$
4,671,673
 
 
 
 

 
23

 
 
The following table summarizes activity for common stock warrants for the three month period ended November 30, 2014:
 
 
 
Number of
Warrants
   
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 
Outstanding, August 31, 2014
   
2,562,473
   
$
6.00
 
Granted
   
-
   
$
-
 
Exercised
   
(1,783,085
)
 
$
6.00
 
Expired
   
-
   
$
-
 
Outstanding, November 30, 2014
   
779,388
   
$
6.00
 
 
11.
Stock-Based Compensation

In addition to cash compensation, the Company may compensate certain service providers, including employees, directors, consultants, and other advisors, with equity based compensation in the form of stock options, restricted stock grants, and warrants.  The Company records an expense related to equity compensation by pro-rating the estimated fair value of each grant over the period of time that the recipient is required to provide services to the Company (the “vesting phase”).  The calculation of fair value is based, either directly or indirectly, on the quoted market value of the Company’s common stock.  Indirect valuations are calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.  For the periods presented, all stock-based compensation was classified as a component within general and administrative expense on the statement of operations.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense is as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
Three Months ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Stock options
 
$
500
   
$
419
 
Employee stock grants
   
293
     
-
 
 
 
$
793
   
$
419
 
 

During the three months ended November 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company granted the following employee stock options:
 
 
 
Three Months ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Number of options to purchase common shares
   
75,000
     
150,000
 
Weighted-average exercise price
 
$
12.87
   
$
9.98
 
Term (in years)
   
10.0
     
10.0
 
Vesting Period (in years)
   
5
     
5
 
Fair Value (in thousands)
 
$
639
   
$
1,014
 
 
 
24

 
The assumptions used in valuing stock options granted during each of the three months presented were as follows:
 

 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
2014
   
November 30,
2013
 
Expected term
 
6.5 years
   
6.5 years
 
Expected volatility
   
72%
 
   
74%
 
Risk free rate
   
1.95%
 
   
1.91%
 
Expected dividend yield
   
0.00%
 
   
0.00%
 
Forfeiture rate
   
0.30%
 
   
0.00%
 

 
The following table summarizes activity for stock options for the three months ended November 30, 2014:

 
 
Number
of Shares
   
Weighted-Average
 Exercise Price
 
Outstanding, August 31, 2014
   
2,167,000
   
$
5.94
 
Granted
   
75,000
   
$
12.87
 
Exercised
   
(120,000
)
 
$
3.76
 
Forfeited
   
-
     
-
 
Outstanding, November 30, 2014
   
2,122,000
   
$
6.31
 

 
The following table summarizes information about issued and outstanding stock options as of November 30, 2014:
 

 
Outstanding
Options
   
Vested
Options
 
Number of shares
   
2,122,000
     
831,100
 
Weighted-average remaining contractual life
 
7.9 years
   
7.1 years
 
Weighted-average exercise price
 
$
6.31
   
$
4.87
 
Aggregate intrinsic value (in thousands)
 
$
7,958
   
$
4,115
 

 
The estimated unrecognized compensation cost from unvested stock options as of November 30, 2014, which will be recognized ratably over the remaining vesting phase, is as follows:

 
Unvested Options at
November 30,
2014
 
Unrecognized compensation expense (in thousands)
 
$  5,533
 
Remaining vesting phase
 
3.4 years
 

 
 
25


 
12.
Related Party Transactions

Whenever the Company engages in transactions with its officers, directors, or other related parties, the terms of the transaction are reviewed by the disinterested directors.  All transactions must be on terms no less favorable to the Company than similar transactions with unrelated parties.
 
Lease Agreement:   The Company leases its headquarters, a field office, and an equipment storage yard under a twelve month lease agreement with HS Land & Cattle, LLC (“HSLC”). HSLC is controlled by Ed Holloway and William Scaff, Jr., the Company’s Co-Chief Executive Officers.  The current lease terminates on June 30, 2015.  Historically, the lease has been renewed annually.  Under this agreement, the Company incurred the following expenses to HSLC for the fiscal years presented (in thousands):

 
Three Months ended
 
 
November 30,
 
November 30,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
Rent expense
 
45
 
$
45
 

 
Revenue Distribution Processing:   Effective January 1, 2012, the Company commenced processing revenue distribution payments to all persons that own a mineral interest in wells that it operates.  Payments to mineral interest owners included payments to entities controlled by three of the Company’s directors, Ed Holloway, William Scaff Jr, and George Seward.   The following table summarizes the royalty payments made to directors or their affiliates for the three months ended November 30, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 
 
Three Months ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Total Royalty Payments
 
$
53
   
$
82
 
 
26

 

13.
Other Commitments and Contingencies
 
As of November 30, 2014, the Company was using three rigs under contracts with Ensign United States Drilling, Inc.  All of the contracts are based upon turn-key pricing and have termination dates during the first half of fiscal year 2015.  At the option of the Company, the drilling commitments can be extended into future months, although pricing terms may be modified.  Actual payments due to Ensign will depend upon a number of variables, including the surface location, the target formation, measured depth of well and other technical details.
 
From time to time, the Company receives notice from other operators of their intent to drill and operate a well in which the Company owns a working interest (a “non-operated well”).  The Company has the option to participate in the well and assume the obligation for its pro-rata share of the costs.  As of November 30, 2014, the Company was participating in 9 gross (2 net) new horizontal wells, with aggregate costs to its interest estimated at $9.1 million.  It is the Company’s policy to accrue costs on a non-operated well when it receives notice that active drilling operations have commenced.  Accordingly, the November 30, 2014 financial statements include accrued costs of $5.4 million for these wells. 

 
14.
Supplemental Schedule of Information to the Statements of Cash Flows
 
The following table supplements the cash flow information presented in the financial statements for the three months ended November 30, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
 
   
 
    Interest paid
 
$
321
   
$
251
 
    Income taxes paid
   
110
     
-
 
 
               
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
               
Accrued well costs
 
$
69,511
   
$
26,813
 
Assets acquired in exchange for common stock
   
-
     
9,898
 
Asset retirement costs and obligations
   
269
     
692
 
 
 
27

 
15.
Subsequent Events

The following discussion pertains to material events occurring subsequent to November 30, 2014, but prior to the issuance of the financial statements.

Amendment to Revolving Credit Facility

On December 15, 2014, the Company amended its revolving credit facility.  Under the amendment, the maximum loan commitment is $500 million and the borrowing base is $230 million.  The number of banks participating in the LOC increased to eight with SunTrust Bank as the Joint Lead Arranger / Administrative Agent and KeyBank, National Association is the Joint Lead Arranger / Syndication Agent.  The maturity date of the facility was extended to December 15, 2019.
 
Amounts borrowed from the banks will be used to develop oil and gas properties, acquire new oil and gas properties, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.  Amounts borrowed under the LOC are secured by substantially all of the Company’s producing wells and developed oil and gas leases.  The interest rate on outstanding borrowings will be based on a pricing grid, which escalates with utilization and establishes a minimum of 2.5%.

Concurrent with the amendment, the Company increased its borrowings by approximately $66.2 million.  Proceeds from the additional borrowings were used to fund the mineral asset acquisition described below.

Acquisition of Mineral Assets

On December 15, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets. These assets consisted of the following:

·
non-operated working interests in 17 horizontal wells (including 4 mid-reach laterals);

·
73 operated and 11 non-operated vertical wells;

·
35 permit applications for operated horizontal wells (including 20 extended reach laterals);

·
5,040 gross acres (4,053 net) with rights to the Codell and Niobrara formations;

·
2,400 gross acres (1,739 net) with rights to other formations, including the Sussex, Shannon and J-Sands;

·
3-D seismic data; and

·
miscellaneous equipment.

Working interests in the horizontal wells range from 6% to 40%.  Working interests in the vertical wells range from 5% to 100%.  The producing oil and gas properties are located in the Wattenberg Field, which is part of the Denver-Julesburg Basin.  Preliminary estimates indicate that the undeveloped acreage will provide locations to drill 150 horizontal wells.

For the acquisition of these assets, the Company paid approximately $125 million, consisting of $75 million in cash and 4,648,136 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock which, for purposes of the transaction, were valued at $50 million.
 
Exercise of Series C Warrants

Subsequent to November 30, 2014, the Company issued approximately 778,000 shares pursuant to the exercise of Series C warrants and received proceeds of approximately $4.7 million.


28

 
Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Introduction

The following discussion and analysis was prepared to supplement information contained in the accompanying financial statements and is intended to provide certain details regarding our financial condition as of November 30, 2014, and the results of our operations for the three months ended November 30, 2014 and 2013. It should be read in conjunction with the unaudited financial statements and notes thereto contained in this report as well as the audited financial statements included in our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.

Overview

We are a growth-oriented independent oil and gas company engaged in the acquisition, development, and production of crude oil and natural gas in and around the Denver-Julesburg Basin (“D-J Basin”) of Colorado.  The D-J Basin generally extends from the Denver metropolitan area throughout northeast Colorado into Wyoming, Nebraska, and Kansas.  It contains hydrocarbon-bearing deposits in several formations, including the Niobrara, Codell, Greenhorn, Shannon, Sussex, J-Sand, and D-Sand.  The area known as the Wattenberg Field covers the western flank of the D-J Basin, particularly in Weld County.  The area has produced oil and gas for over fifty years and has a history as one of the most prolific production areas in the country.  Substantially all of our producing wells are either in or adjacent to the Wattenberg Field.

In addition to the approximately 31,000 net developed and undeveloped acres that we hold in the Wattenberg Field, we hold approximately 28,000 undeveloped acres in an area directly to the north and east of the Wattenberg Field that is considered the Northern Extension area.  We are currently in the permit process to drill wells targeting the Greenhorn formation on our leasehold in this area and plan to spud the first well during 2015.  We have leased over 184,000 net undeveloped acres in western Nebraska and have entered into a joint exploration agreement with a Denver based private operating company to drill up to ten wells in this area.  We have received drilling title opinions on eight locations and we expect drilling activities to commence in Nebraska early in 2015.  We continue to maintain leases covering over 63,000 acres in Yuma and Washington Counties, Colorado in an area that has historically produced dry gas from the Niobrara formation.

Since commencing active operations in September 2008, we have undergone significant growth.  Our growth was primarily driven by (i) our activities as an operator where we drill and complete productive oil and gas wells; (ii) our participation as a part owner in wells drilled by other operating companies; and (iii) our acquisition of producing oil wells from other individuals or companies.  From inception through November 30, 2014, we have completed, acquired, or participated in 448 gross (297 net) successful oil and gas wells.  The following tables compare our recent activities with respect to vertical and horizontal wells:
 
 
 
 
VERTICAL WELLS
 
 
OPERATED WELLS
NON-OPERATED WELLS
 
 
Completed
   
Participated
   
Acquired
   
Total
 
Years ended:
 
Gross
   
Net
   
Gross
   
Net
   
Gross
   
Net
   
Gross
   
Net
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Prior to 2012
   
56
     
47
     
13
     
4
     
63
     
44
     
132
     
95
 
August 31 2012
   
51
     
48
     
8
     
3
     
4
     
4
     
63
     
55
 
August 31, 2013
   
27
     
26
     
10
     
4
     
36
     
34
     
73
     
64
 
August 31, 2014
   
1
     
1
     
5
     
1
     
60
     
35
     
66
     
37
 
November 30, 2014
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
                                                               
Total
   
135
     
122
     
36
     
12
     
163
     
117
     
334
     
251
 

 
29

 
 
HORIZONTAL WELLS
 
 
OPERATED WELLS
NON-OPERATED WELLS
 
 
Completed
   
Participated
   
Acquired
   
Total
 
Years ended:
 
Gross
   
Net
   
Gross
   
Net
   
Gross
   
Net
   
Gross
   
Net
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
August 31, 2012
   
-
     
-
     
5
     
1
     
-
     
-
     
5
     
1
 
August 31, 2013
   
-
     
-
     
11
     
2
     
-
     
-
     
11
     
2
 
August 31, 2014
   
31
     
29
     
23
     
2
     
-
     
-
     
54
     
31
 
November 30, 2014
   
8
     
6
     
36
     
6
     
-
     
-
     
44
     
12
 
 
                                                               
Total
   
39
     
35
     
75
     
11
     
-
     
-
     
114
     
46
 

The preceding tables illustrate the transformation that has occurred with respect to the types of wells that we drill and complete.  Whereas early development efforts were focused on drilling vertical wells into the Niobrara, Codell, and J-Sand formations, we shifted our development efforts to horizontal wells in May 2013.  Horizontal wells are significantly more expensive and take longer to drill and complete than vertical wells, but ultimately yield greater returns.

During our fiscal 2015 first quarter ended November 30, 2014, we commenced production from eight new horizontal wells in the Wattenberg Field.  These included one well on our Phelps pad, a mid-length lateral well on our Eberle pad and six wells on our Weld 152 pad, all of which contributed to an increase in production.  Our consolidated production from producing wells increased from 5,894 barrels of oil equivalent (“BOE”) per day for the fiscal quarter ending August 31, 2014 to 8,278 BOE per day for the quarter ending November 30, 2014.

In addition to the 8 operated horizontal wells that reached productive status during the quarter ended November 30, 2014, we were the operator of 23 horizontal wells that were in various stages of drilling or completion.  We were participating as a non-operator in 9 horizontal wells and 2 vertical wells (total of 2 net non-operated wells) that were in various stages of the drilling or completion process.

As of November 30, 2014, we:

·
were the operator of 39 horizontal wells that were producing oil and gas and we were participating as a non-operating working interest owner in 75 horizontal producing wells;
·
were the operator of 269 vertical wells that were producing oil and gas and we were participating as a non-operating working interest owner in 65 producing wells;
·
were the operator of 23 wells in progress and we were participating as a non-operating working interest owner in 11 wells in progress;
·
held approximately 446,000 gross acres and 313,000 net acres under lease.
 

Strategy

Our basic strategy for continued growth includes additional drilling activities and acquisition of existing wells in well-defined areas that provide significant cash flow and rapid return on investment.  We attempt to maximize our return on assets by drilling in low risk areas and by operating wells in which we have a majority net revenue interest.  Our drilling efforts have been, and for the foreseeable future will continue to be, focused on the Wattenberg Field as it yields consistent results.

We believe that our basic strategy is sound whether oil and gas prices are high or low.  To reduce the risk of commodity price volatility, we generally hedge a portion of the revenues we will receive for our expected future production.  However, the most important aspect of our business that we can control is the costs associated with finding and developing our reserves.  Our profitability, and ultimately the return on our assets and equity, is driven by how well we can manage costs relative to the prices we receive for our oil and natural gas.  These costs not only include the capital required to drill and complete wells, but also general overhead operating and financing costs.

30

Our senior management team includes individuals with over thirty-three years of oil and gas operating experience in the Wattenberg Field in all types of commodity price environments.  Their experience has shown that in times of lower commodity prices it is imperative to control costs across the entire operating and corporate overhead spectrum.  Historically we have been one of the lowest cost producers in the Wattenberg Field and we are continuing to apply our proven acumen to lower future drilling and completion (“D&C”) costs.  Given this focus on cost, we anticipate we can achieve attractive economic rates of return even with current low commodity prices.  Our most recent budget for drilling and completing wells is approximately 13% lower than wells we brought into production less than sixty days ago and we believe we can realize another 10-20% reduction in D&C costs over the next twelve months.  With these efficiencies in hand, we believe we have a sustainable business model in almost any commodity price environment.

Historically, our cash flow from operations has not been sufficient to fund all of our growth plans and we relied on proceeds from the sale of debt and equity securities to provide adequate liquidity.  We also arranged for a bank credit facility to fund additional capital needs.  During the three months ended November 30, 2014, the primary sources of our capital resources was cash on hand at the beginning of the year, cash flow from operations, proceeds from our revolving credit facility and proceeds from the exercise of outstanding warrants.  In the future, we plan to finance an increasing percentage of our growth with internally generated funds.  Ultimately, implementation of our growth plans will be dependent upon the success of our operations and the amount of financing we are able to obtain.  For more information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Significant Developments

Drilling operations

We employed three drilling rigs for most of the first fiscal quarter.  We began the fiscal year using two rigs.  One rig was drilling at the Weld 152 location and a second rig was drilling at the Kiehn location.  We contracted a third Ensign rig in September 2014 to drill eight wells on our Wiedeman pad.

Our horizontal wells are currently being drilled under contracts with Ensign United States Drilling, Inc. (“Ensign”).  To date, pricing is on a turn-key basis, with pricing adjustments based upon well location, target formation, and other technical details.  Two of the rigs fulfilled their contract obligations subsequent to November 30, 2014 and were released.  The third rig continues to drill wells at the Weis prospect.  We are currently negotiating future rig usage and pricing with Ensign.
 
Rig 134 completed drilling six wells at the Weld 152 location and moved to the Geis location.  All the wells at the Weld 152 location were stimulated with a hydraulic fracturing process during the quarter and commenced production during the month of November.  At the Geis location, Rig 134 drilled a total of eight wells, six of which were classified as wells in progress at quarter end, and two of which were spud subsequent to November 30, 2014.  Rig 134 was released after completing drilling at the Geis location.

Rig 131 drilled eight wells at the Keihn location and moved to the Weis location where it is scheduled to drill five wells.  Drilling operations on two of the Weis wells were completed by the end of November and three Weis wells will be drilled during our second fiscal quarter.

During the quarter, Rig 138 drilled six wells at our Weideman location.  Subsequent to November 30, 2014, the rig finished drilling two additional Weideman wells and was released.

31

We commenced production from eight wells during our first fiscal quarter. We are finalizing plans to commence production for 29 wells, which include the 23 wells in progress at November 30, 2014 and the 6 wells drilled in December and January. Our completion plans will consider current market conditions and will be tailored to provide the most advantageous cash flow to us. We expect the completion process to take several months.

Acquisition of Mineral Assets from Bayswater on December 15, 2014

On December 15, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets from three independent oil and gas companies (collectively known as “Bayswater”) for a total purchase price of $125 million.  The purchase price was composed of $75 million in cash and $50 million in restricted common stock.

The Bayswater acquisition encompasses 5,040 gross (4,053 net) acres with rights to the Codell and Niobrara formations, and 2,400 gross (1,739 net) acres with rights to other formations including the Sussex, Shannon and J-Sand.  Additionally, we acquired non-operated working interests in 17 horizontal wells, all of which have been completed and are in the early phase of production, and 73 operated vertical wells as well as working interests in 11 non-operated vertical wells.  The working interests in the horizontal wells ranges from 6% to 40% while the working interests in the vertical wells ranges from 5% to 100%.
 
Preliminary estimates indicate that the undeveloped acreage will potentially support an additional 150 horizontal drilling locations.  We have no drilling commitments relative to this acquisition and all leases are held by production.  The leases are generally located in the southern portion of the field where infrastructure and lower gathering line pressures enables more efficient development.  We are encouraged by the initial results from the recent non-operated horizontal well completions and are evaluating the economic return potential of future development efforts.

Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit Facility (“LOC”)

We continue to improve our borrowing arrangements to complement our growth strategy. On December 15, 2014, the Company amended its LOC.  Under the amendment, the maximum loan commitment is $500 million; however, the maximum amount the Company can borrow at any one time is subject to a borrowing base limitation, which stipulates that the Company may borrow up to the lesser of the maximum loan commitment or the borrowing base.  The borrowing base can increase or decrease based upon the value of the collateral, which secures any amounts borrowed under the line of credit.  For the most part, the value of the collateral will be derived from the estimated future cash flows of the Company’s proved oil and gas reserves, discounted by 10%.  Under the amendment, the initial borrowing base was set at $230 million.

Amounts borrowed from the banks will be used to develop oil and gas properties, acquire new oil and gas properties, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.  Amounts borrowed under the LOC are secured by substantially all of the Company’s producing wells and developed oil and gas leases.  In the unlikely event the Company fails to make any interest or principal payments when due or breaches any representation, warranty or covenant or defaults in the timely performance of any other obligation in its agreements with the funding banks, amounts due under the LOC will become immediately due and payable.

Under the December 15, 2014 amendment, the interest rate on outstanding borrowings will be based on a pricing grid, which escalates with utilization and establishes a minimum of 2.5%.  The LOC, as amended, expires on December 15, 2019.

32

Commodity contracts

We utilize swaps and collars on a portion of our expected future oil and gas production to reduce the impact of commodity price changes.  Our objective in using derivative financial instruments is to achieve more predictable cash flows in an environment of volatile oil and gas prices and to manage our exposure to commodity price risk.  Using swaps and collars, we have contracted for approximately 1.0 million barrels of oil and 1.3 million mcf of gas through December 31, 2016.  Since we designed our commodity derivative activity to protect our cash flow during periods of oil and gas price declines, the low average prices experienced during the first quarter of 2015 created a realized gain of $1.4 million for the first quarter.  Additionally, at the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2015, the decline in posted prices created a $16.7 million unrealized gain in the fair market value of our commodity derivatives.

Market Conditions

Market prices for our products significantly impact our revenues, net income, and cash flow.  The market prices for crude oil and natural gas are inherently volatile.  To provide historical perspective, the following table presents the average annual New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”) prices for oil and natural gas for each of the last five fiscal years.

  
 
Years Ended August 31,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
Average NYMEX prices
   
   
   
   
 
Oil (per bbl)
 
$
100.39
   
$
94.58
   
$
94.88
   
$
91.79
   
$
76.65
 
Natural gas (per mcf)
 
$
4.38
   
$
3.55
   
$
2.82
   
$
4.12
   
$
4.45
 

For the periods presented in this report, the following table presents the average NYMEX price as well as the differential between the NYMEX prices and the wellhead prices realized by us.
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
Oil (NYMEX WTI)
 
2014
   
2013
 
Average NYMEX Price
 
$
84.47
   
$
100.23
 
Realized Price
 
$
73.69
   
$
93.06
 
Differential
 
$
10.78
   
$
7.17
 
 
               
Gas (NYMEX Henry Hub)
               
Average NYMEX Price
 
$
3.94
   
$
3.65
 
Realized Price
 
$
4.74
   
$
4.86
 
Differential
 
$
0.80
   
$
1.21
 
 
Market conditions in the Wattenberg Field require us to sell oil at prices less than the prices posted by the NYMEX.  The negative differential was larger during the first quarter of fiscal 2015 when compared to the 2014 fiscal first quarter.  We continue to negotiate with crude oil purchasers to obtain better differentials.  With regard to the sale of natural gas and liquids, we are able to sell production at prices greater than the prices posted for dry gas, primarily because prices we receive include payment for the natural gas liquids produced with the gas.

During our fiscal 2015 first quarter ended November 30, 2014, the industry experienced a significant commodity price decline.  As reflected in published data, the price for West Texas Intermediate (WTI) oil settled at $97.86/bbl on Friday, August 29, 2014, the last trading day of our 2014 fiscal year.  The price of WTI settled at $65.94 per barrel on Friday November 28, 2014, which equates to an approximate 33% decline in oil prices during our fiscal first quarter.  The price of oil continued to decline subsequent to November 30, 2014, and settled at $48.65/bbl on Wednesday, January 7, 2015.  Our revenues, results of operations, profitability and future growth, and the carrying value of our oil and natural gas properties depend primarily on the prices we receive for our oil and natural gas production.

33

A decline in oil prices will adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  Furthermore, low oil prices affect the value of our oil and gas properties and the calculation of the “ceiling test” required under the accounting principles for companies following the “full cost” method of accounting.  We review our oil and gas properties for impairment at each quarterly reporting period.  For the first quarter, the ceiling test amount was greater than our recorded costs and we did not record an impairment.  If low oil and gas prices continue through the second quarter, we will calculate the ceiling test with the lower prices, and will record an impairment if the ceiling test amount is less than our recorded costs.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Material changes of certain items in our statements of operations included in our financial statements for the comparative periods are discussed below.

For the three months ended November 30, 2014, compared to the three months ended November 30, 2013

For the three months ended November 30, 2014, we reported net income of $21.2 million compared to $6.1 million during the three months ended November 30, 2013.  Earnings per basic and diluted share were $0.27 per basic and $0.26 per diluted share for the three months ended November 30, 2014 compared to $0.08 per basic and diluted share for the three months ended November 30, 2013.  Rapid growth in reserves, producing wells and daily production totals, as well as the impact of changing prices on our commodity hedge positions drove this increase.  The significant variances between the two years were primarily caused by increased revenues and expenses associated with production from 33 new horizontal wells and the acquisition of producing properties included in the Trilogy and Apollo transactions as well as increased production from our horizontal wells, as described previously.  The following discussion expands upon significant items of inflow and outflow that affected results of operations.

Oil and Gas Production and Revenues – For the three months ended November 30, 2014 we recorded total oil and gas revenues of $42.5 million compared to $19.3 million for the three months ended November 3 0 , 2013, an increase of $23.3 million or 120.8%.

As of November 30, 2014, we owned interests in 297 net producing wells.  Net oil and gas production for the three months ended November 30, 2014 averaged 8,278 BOE per day. For the three months ended November 30, 2013, production averaged 3,208 BOE per day, a year-over-year increase of 158%.  As a further comparison, average BOE production was 5,894 per day during the quarter ended August 31, 2014, a quarter-over-quarter increase of 40.4%.  The significant increases in production from the comparable prior periods reflect our increased well count and shift to horizontal wells, each as discussed previously.

Our revenues are also sensitive to changes in commodity prices.  As shown in the following table, there has been a decrease of 14% in average realized prices between the periods presented.  The following table presents actual realized prices, without the effect of hedge transactions.  The impact of hedge transactions is presented later in this discussion.
 

 
34

Key production information is summarized in the following table:

  
 
Three Months Ended
   
 
  
 
November 30,
2014
   
November 30,
2013
   
Change
 
Production:
 
   
   
 
Oil (Bbls 1 )
   
466,656
     
168,278
     
177
%
Gas (Mcf 2 )
   
1,719,938
     
741,755
     
132
%
 
                       
Total production in BOE 3
   
753,312
     
291,904
     
158
%
 
                       
Revenues (in thousands):
                 
 Oil
 
$
34,386
   
$
15,660
     
120
%
 Gas
   
8,152
     
3,606
     
126
%
  
 
$
42,538
   
$
19,266
     
121
%
Average sales price:
                       
 Oil
 
$
73.69
   
$
93.06
     
-21
%
 Gas
 
$
4.74
   
$
4.86
     
-2
%
 BOE
 
$
56.47
   
$
66.00
     
-14
%


1 “Bbl” refers to one stock tank barrel, or 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume in reference to crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.
 
2 “Mcf” refers to one thousand cubic feet of natural gas.
 
3 “BOE” refers to barrel of oil equivalent, which combines Bbls of oil and Mcf of gas by converting each six Mcf of gas to one Bbl of oil.


Lease Operating Expenses (“LOE”) and Production   Taxes – Direct operating costs of producing oil and natural gas and taxes on production and properties are reported as follows (in thousands):

  
 
Three Months Ended
 
  
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Production Costs
 
$
3,035
   
$
1,203
 
Work-Over
   
6
     
70
 
Lifting cost
   
3,041
     
1,273
 
Severance and ad valorem taxes
   
4,178
     
2,016
 
Total LOE
 
$
7,219
   
$
3,289
 
 
               
Per BOE:
               
Production costs
 
$
4.03
   
$
4.12
 
Work-Over
   
0.01
     
0.24
 
Lifting cost
   
4.04
     
4.36
 
Severance and ad valorem taxes
   
5.55
     
6.91
 
Total LOE
 
$
9.59
   
$
11.27
 
 
35

Lease operating and work-over costs tend to increase or decrease primarily in relation to the number of wells in production, and, to a lesser extent, on fluctuation in oil field service costs and changes in the production mix of crude oil and natural gas.  Taxes make up the largest single component of direct costs and tend to increase or decrease primarily based on the value of oil and gas sold.  As a percent of revenues, taxes averaged approximately 10% for the three months ended November 30, 2014 and 2013.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we continued to experience elevated production cost per BOE in connection with additional costs to bolster output from some of our older wells as well as additional costs to operate horizontal wells.  We continue to work diligently to mitigate production difficulties within the Wattenberg Field.  Additional wellhead compression has been added at some well locations and older equipment has been replaced or refurbished.  As expected, horizontal wells are more costly to operate than vertical wells, especially during the early stages of production.  Finally, costs incurred to comply with new environmental regulations are significant.

Depletion, Depreciation, and Amortization (“DDA”) – The following table summarizes the components of DDA:

  
 
Three Months Ended
 
  
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
(in thousands)
 
2014
   
2013
 
Depletion
 
$
16,304
   
$
5,490
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
150
     
101
 
Total DDA
 
$
16,454
   
$
5,591
 
 
               
DDA expense per BOE
 
$
21.84
   
$
19.15
 
 
For the three months ended November 30, 2014, depletion of oil and gas properties was $21.84 per BOE compared to $19.15 for the three months ended November 30, 2013.  The increase in the DDA rate was the result of an increase in both the ratio of reserves produced and the total costs capitalized in the full cost pool.  Capitalized costs of evaluated oil and gas properties are depleted quarterly using the units-of-production method based on estimated reserves, wherein the ratio of production volumes for the quarter to beginning-of-quarter estimated total reserves determine the depletion rate.  For the three months ended November 30, 2014, production represented 2.3% of the reserve base compared to 2.1% for the three months ended November 30, 2013.  A contributing factor to the change in the ratio was the inclusion of additional horizontal wells in the calculation.  Consistent with the expected decline curve for wells targeting the Niobrara and Codell formations, we expect horizontal wells to exhibit robust production during the first few weeks, decline rapidly over the first six months, and eventually stabilize over an expected life in excess of 30 years.

In addition to a change in the ratio of production to reserves, our DDA rate was affected by the increasing costs of mineral leases, included as proven properties, and the costs associated with the acquisition of producing properties.  Leasing costs in the D-J Basin continue to increase with the success of horizontal development.  The allocation of the purchase price related to the November 2013 acquisitions of Trilogy Resources, LLC and Apollo Operating, LLC was at a higher cost per BOE than our historical cost of acquiring leaseholds and developing our properties.  Therefore, the increase in the ratio of costs subject to amortization to the reserves acquired is greater than our internally developed properties.  Both of these acquisitions include areas that have the potential for future development.  Successful horizontal development of these areas would have the impact of reducing cost per BOE.

36

General and Administrative (“G&A”) –The following table summarizes G&A expenses incurred and capitalized during the periods presented:
 
 
  
 
Three Months Ended
 
  
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
(in thousands)
 
2014
   
2013
 
G&A costs incurred
 
$
4,613
   
$
3,485
 
Capitalized costs
   
(503
)
   
(317
)
Total G&A
 
$
4,110
   
$
3,168
 
 
               
G&A Expense per BOE
 
$
5.46
   
$
10.85
 
 

G&A includes all overhead costs associated with employee compensation and benefits, insurance, facilities, professional fees, and regulatory costs, among others.  In an effort to minimize overhead costs, we employ a total staff of 30 employees, and use consultants, advisors, and contractors to perform certain tasks when it is cost-effective.  We maintain our corporate office in Platteville, Colorado partially to avoid higher rents in other areas.

Although G&A costs have increased as we grow the business, we strive to maintain an efficient overhead structure.  For the quarter ended November 30, 2014, G&A was $5.46 per BOE compared to $10.85 for the quarter ended November 30, 2013, primarily as a result of the increase in BOE produced during the first quarter of fiscal 2015 compared to comparable first quarter of 2014.

Our G&A expense for the quarter ended November 30, 2014 includes stock-based compensation of $0.8 million compared to $0.4 million for the quarter ended November 30, 2013.  Stock-based compensation includes a calculated value for stock options or shares of common stock that we grant for compensatory purposes.  It is a non-cash charge, which, for stock options, is calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options.  Amounts are pro-rated over the vesting terms of the option agreements, which are generally three to five years.

Pursuant to the requirements under the full cost accounting method for oil and gas properties, we identify all general and administrative costs that relate directly to the acquisition of undeveloped mineral leases and the development of properties.  Those costs are reclassified from G&A expenses and capitalized into the full cost pool.  The increase in capitalized costs from 2013 to 2014 reflects our increasing activities to acquire leases and develop the properties.

Other income (expense) – Neither interest expense nor interest income had a significant impact on our results of operations for the periods presented.  The interest costs that we incurred under our credit facility were eligible for capitalization into the full cost pool.  We capitalize interest costs that are related to the cost of assets during the period of time before they are placed into service.

Commodity derivative gains (losses) – As more fully described in the paragraphs titled “Oil and Gas Commodity Contracts” and “Hedge Activity Accounting” located in “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” we use commodity contracts to mitigate the risks inherent in the price volatility of oil and natural gas.  For the quarter ended November 30, 2014, we recorded an unrealized gain of $16.7 million to recognize the mark-to-market change in fair value of our commodity contracts for the quarter ended November 30, 2014.  In comparison, in the quarter ended November 30, 2013, we reported an unrealized gain of $2.6 million.  Unrealized gains and losses are non-cash items.
 

 
37

In addition, for the quarter ended November 30, 2014, we realized a cash settlement gain of $1.4 million related to contracts that settled during the quarter.  For the quarter ended November 30, 2013, we realized a loss of $398,000.

Income taxes – We reported income tax expense of $11.7 million for the three months ended November 30, 2014, calculated at an effective tax rate of 35.7%.  During the comparable prior year period, we reported income tax expense of $3.4 million, calculated at an effective tax rate of 35.7%.  For both periods, it appears that the tax liability will be substantially deferred into future years. During fiscal year 2015, we estimate that the effective tax rate will be reduced from the federal and state statutory rate by the impact of deductions for percentage depletion.

For tax purposes, we have a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryover of $33.2 million, which is available to offset future taxable income.  The NOL will begin to expire, if not used, in 2031.

Each year, management evaluates all the positive and negative evidence regarding our tax position and reaches a conclusion on the most likely outcome.  During 2015 and 2014, we concluded that it was more likely than not that we would be able to realize a benefit from the net operating loss carry-forward, and have therefore included it in our inventory of deferred tax assets.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Historically, our primary sources of capital have been net cash provided by sales and other issuances of equity and debt securities, cash flow from operations, proceeds from the sale of properties, and borrowings under bank credit facilities.  Our primary use of capital has been for the exploration, development and acquisition of oil and natural gas properties.  Our future success in growing proved reserves and production will be highly dependent on capital resources available to us.  We believe that, in the near future, the combination of cash on hand, cash flows from operations and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility will provide sufficient liquidity.  However, unforeseen events may require us to obtain additional equity or debt financing.  We have on file with the SEC an effective universal shelf registration statement that we may use for future securities offerings.  Terms of future financings may be unfavorable and we cannot assure investors that funding will be available on acceptable terms.

Sources and Uses

At November 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $47.1 million and an outstanding balance of $77.0 million under our revolving credit facility.  Our sources and (uses) of funds for the three months ended November 30, 2014, and 2013 are summarized below (in thousands):
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Cash provided by operations
 
$
34,435
   
$
14,913
 
Capital expenditures
   
(66,137
)
   
(57,127
)
Other investing activities
   
(6,250
)
   
19,987
 
Cash provided by equity financing activities
   
10,310
     
23,737
 
Net borrowings
   
40,000
     
-
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
$
12,358
   
$
1,510
 
 
 
38

 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $34.4 million and $14.9 million for the three months ended November 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The significant improvement primarily reflects the operating contribution from new wells that were drilled and producing wells that were acquired.  The increase in net cash provided by operations allowed us to become less reliant on equity sales for financing our capital expenditures in fiscal 2015.

During the quarter, we received cash proceeds of $10.7 million from the exercise of Series C warrants.  Subsequent to November 30, 2014, additional Series C warrants were exercised and provided cash proceeds of $4.7 million.  As of December 31, 2014, all Series C warrants had been exercised.

Credit Arrangements

We maintain a borrowing arrangement with a syndicate of banks.  The arrangement, in the form of a revolving credit facility, was most recently amended on December 15, 2014.  The title of the most recent amendment is Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Fifth Amendment”).  The Fifth Amendment increased the loan commitment from $300 million to $500 million and increased the borrowing base from $110 million to $230 million.  The borrowing base includes a “non-conforming” component of $30 million.

The Fifth Amendment expanded the bank syndicate to eight members and named SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent and named KeyBank, National Association as Syndication Agent.  The maturity date of the loan commitment was extended to December 15, 2019.

Interest on our revolving line of credit accrues at a variable rate, which will equal or exceed the minimum rate of 2.5%.  The interest rate pricing grid contains a graduated escalation in applicable margin for increased utilization.  At our option, interest rates will be referenced to the Prime Rate plus a margin of 0.5% to 2.75%, or the London InterBank Offered Rate plus a margin of 1.75% to 4.00%.  

As of December 15, 2014, after giving effect to additional borrowings related to the Bayswater acquisition, we had approximately $84 million available for future borrowings, if needed.  Additional borrowings, if any, are expected to be used to fund acquisitions, expenditures for well drilling and development, and to provide working capital.

The arrangement contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the payment of dividends and require compliance with certain financial ratios.  The borrowing arrangement is primarily collateralized by certain of our assets, including producing properties.  The maximum lending commitment is subject to reduction based upon a borrowing base calculation, which will be re-determined based upon semi-annual reserve reports with effective dates of August 31 and February 28.    

Reconciliation of Cash Payments to Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures reported in the statement of cash flows are calculated on a strict cash basis, which differs from the “all-inclusive” basis used to calculate other amounts reported in our financial statements.  Specifically, cash payments for acquisition of property and equipment as reflected in the statement of cash flows excludes non-cash capital expenditures and includes an adjustment (plus or minus) to reflect the timing of when the capital expenditure obligations are incurred and when the actual cash payment is made.  On the “all-inclusive” basis, capital expenditures totaled $64.2 million and $69.0 million for the three months ended November 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  A reconciliation of the differences between cash payments and the “all-inclusive” amounts is summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30,
   
November 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Cash payments for capital expenditures
 
$
66,137
   
$
57,127
 
Accrued costs, beginning of period
   
(71,849
)
   
(25,491
)
Accrued costs, end of period
   
69,511
     
26,813
 
Non-cash acquisitions, common stock
   
-
     
9,898
 
Other
   
383
     
692
 
All inclusive capital expenditures
 
$
64,182
   
$
69,039
 
 
39

Capital Expenditures

The majority of capital expenditures during the three months ended November 30, 2014, were applied to drilling or completion activities on wells which we operate.  Eight operated wells reached productive status during the quarter and 23 operated wells were in various stages of drilling or completion as of November 30, 2014.  We participated in drilling and completion activities on 47 gross (6.6 net) non-operated wells.

As of November 30, 2014, there were 34 wells in progress (23 net) with accrued capital expenditures of $65.9 million.

Other expenditures included $ 4.9 million for the acquisition of lands, leases and other mineral assets.

Capital Requirements

Our primary need for cash will be to fund our drilling and acquisition programs for the remainder of the fiscal year ending August 31, 2015.  Our cash requirements have increased significantly as we implement our horizontal drilling program.  Standard length horizontal wells we drilled early in the fiscal year are estimated to cost between $3.5 million and $3.8 million each.  However, as commodity prices have dropped we have negotiated lower costs from our service providers and revised our completion design and now are budgeting that the remaining wells to be drilled this fiscal year will cost between $3.0 million and $3.3 million each.  In order to maximize the efficient use of our capital we have reduced the amount of non-operated working interests in wells operated by others, either by swapping interests when appropriate or by outright selling of interests.  With this reallocation of drilling capital we believe we will drill more wells for less cost than we had originally estimated.  Our plans now call for drilling 43 to 45 operated wells (up from 35 to 40) and participating in 3 to 4 (net) non-operated wells.  Our revised fiscal 2015 budget calls for spending $190 million to $195 million for drilling and leasing activities compared to $200 million to $225 million in our original budget.

We plan to generate profits by producing oil and natural gas from wells that we drill or acquire.  For the near term, we believe that we have sufficient liquidity to fund our needs through cash on hand, cash flow from operations, and additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility.  However, to meet all of our long-term goals, we may need to raise some of the funds required to drill new wells through the sale of our securities, from our revolving credit facility or from third parties willing to pay our share of drilling and completing the wells.  We may not be successful in raising the capital needed to drill or acquire oil or gas wells.  Any wells which may be drilled by us may not produce oil or gas in commercial quantities.

Oil and Gas Commodity Contracts

We use derivative contracts to hedge against the variability in cash flows created by short-term price fluctuations associated with the sale of future oil and gas production.  Our hedge positions will generally cover a substantial portion of our forecasted production for a period of 24 months.  We typically enter into contracts covering between 45% and 85% of anticipated production levels.  During the three months ended November 30, 2014, we realized a cash gain from commodity derivatives of $1.4 million.  Our contracts during the three months ended November 30, 2014 covered crude oil sales of 177,000 bbls and natural gas sales of 330,000 mcf.  At November 30, 2014, we had open positions covering 978,000 bbls of oil and 1.3 million mcf of natural gas.  We do not use derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

Hedge Activity Accounting

We do not designate our commodity contracts as accounting hedges.  Accordingly, we use mark-to-market accounting to value the portfolio at the end of each reporting period.  Mark-to-market accounting can create non-cash volatility in our reported earnings during periods of commodity price volatility.  We have experienced such volatility in the past and are likely to experience it in the future.  Mark-to-market accounting treatment results in volatility of our results as unrealized gains and losses from derivatives are reported. As commodity prices increase or decrease, such changes will have an opposite effect on the mark-to-market value of our derivatives. Gains on our derivatives generally indicate lower wellhead revenues in the future while losses indicate higher future wellhead revenues.

During the quarter ended November 30, 2014, we reported an unrealized commodity activity gain of $16.7 million.  Unrealized gains and losses are non-cash items.  We also reported a realized gain of $1.4 million, representing the cash settlement proceeds for contracts settled during the period.

At November 30, 2014, we estimated that the fair value of our various commodity derivative contracts was a net asset of $16.5 million.  We value these contracts using fair value methodology that considers various inputs including a) quoted forecast prices, b) time value, c) volatility factors, d) counterparty risk, and e) other relevant factors.  The fair value of these contracts as estimated at November 30, 2014 may differ significantly from the realized values at their respective settlement dates.


40

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use "adjusted EBITDA", a non-GAAP financial measure for internal managerial purposes, when evaluating period-to-period comparisons.  This measure is not a measure of financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, cash flows from operations, investing, or financing activities, nor as a liquidity measure or indicator of cash flows reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The non-GAAP financial measure that we use may not be comparable to measures with similar titles reported by other companies.  Also, in the future, we may disclose different non-GAAP financial measures in order to help our investors more meaningfully evaluate and compare our future results of operations to our previously reported results of operations.  We strongly encourage investors to review our financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and to not rely on any single financial measure .

We define adjusted EBITDA as net income adjusted to exclude the impact of interest expense, interest income, income tax expense, DDA (depletion, depreciation and amortization), stock-based compensation, and the plus or minus change in fair value of derivative assets or liabilities. We believe adjusted EBITDA is relevant because it is a measure of cash flow available to fund our capital expenditures and service our debt and is a widely used industry metric which may provide comparability of our results with our peers. 

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income, its nearest GAAP measure:
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
 
 
November 30
   
November 30
 
(in thousands)
 
2014
   
2013
 
Adjusted EBITDA:
 
   
 
Net income
 
$
21,151
   
$
6,100
 
Depletion, depreciation and amortization
   
16,454
     
5,591
 
Provision for income tax
   
11,744
     
3,387
 
Stock-based compensation
   
793
     
419
 
Commodity derivative change
   
(16,708
)
   
(2,636
)
Interest income
   
-
     
(31
)
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
33,434
   
$
12,830
 

 
TRENDS AND OUTLOOK

Oil prices traded as high as $107/bbl in June 2014, and have since declined more than 55%.  A continuing decline in oil and gas prices (i) will reduce our cash flow which, in turn, will reduce the funds available for exploring and replacing oil and gas reserves, (ii) will potentially reduce our current LOC borrowing base capacity and increase the difficulty of obtaining equity and debt financing and worsen the terms on which such financing may be obtained, (iii) will reduce the number of oil and gas prospects which have reasonable economic terms, (iv) may cause us to permit leases to expire based upon the value of potential oil and gas reserves in relation to the costs of exploration, and (v) may result in marginally productive oil and gas wells being abandoned as non-commercial.  However, price declines reduce the competition for oil and gas properties and correspondingly reduce the prices paid for leases and prospects.

During our first fiscal quarter, we employed three drilling rigs.  Our obligations under the contracts are scheduled to terminate during our second fiscal quarter and we retain the flexibility to adjust our rig count based on current market conditions.  All of the rigs are drilling multi-well pads in the Wattenberg Field.  Our focus on the Wattenberg Field is driven by the increasingly compelling results derived from higher density of wells drilled per spacing unit and the optimization of completion techniques.  We are currently spacing our well bores to allow for up to 24 wells per section of 640 acres and we are testing drilling patterns that could lead to an even higher number of wells per section.  We are also testing longer lateral wells and utilizing different amounts of proppant in order to determine the most efficient recovery of the hydrocarbons in place.

The Wattenberg Field continues to experience elevated line pressure in the natural gas and liquids gathering system, a problem that has persisted since 2012 and has grown along with the expansion of horizontal drilling in the area.  High line pressure restricts our ability to produce crude oil and natural gas.  As line pressures increase, it becomes more difficult to inject gas produced by our wells into the pipeline.  When line pressure is greater than the operating pressure of our wellhead equipment, the wellhead equipment is unable to inject gas into the pipeline, and our production is restricted or shut-in.  Since our wells produce a mixture of crude oil and natural gas, restrictions in gas production also restrict oil production.  Although various factors can cause increased line pressure, a significant factor in our area of the Wattenberg Field is the success of horizontal wells that have been drilled over the last several years.  As new horizontal wells come on-line with increased pressures and volumes, they produce more gas than the gathering system was designed to handle.  Once a pipeline is at capacity, pressures increase and older wells with less natural pressure are not able to compete with the new wells.  The pace of horizontal drilling in the Wattenberg Field continues to accelerate and it appears that it will be some time before the gathering system will have sufficient capacity to eliminate the high line pressure issues.

We have taken and are continuing to take steps to mitigate high line pressures.  Where it was cost beneficial, we have installed compressors to aid the wellhead equipment in its injection of gas into the system.  Compression equipment at the wellhead has proven beneficial, especially at pad sites with multiple vertical wells.  Along with our mid-stream service provider, we are evaluating the installation of larger diameter pipe to improve the gas gathering capacity.

41

In addition, companies that operate the gas gathering pipelines continue to make significant capital investments to increase system capacity.  As publicly disclosed, DCP Midstream Partners (“DCP”), the principal third-party provider that we employ to gather production from our wells, brought online a 160 Mcf/d gas processing plant in La Salle, CO (the O’Connor plant), which is part of an 8 plant system owned by the DCP enterprise with approximately 600 MMcf/d capacity.  The addition of this plant to our area has served primarily to curb the increasing pressure issues, but has not resolved the high line pressure problems in the region.  DCP has also announced the building of the Lucerne Plant II, northeast of Greeley in Weld County, with a maximum capacity of approximately 200 mmcf/d.  The Lucerne Plant II is estimated to begin operations in mid-2015.  At this time, we do not know how long it will take for the mitigation efforts to remedy the problem.

The success of horizontal drilling techniques in the D-J Basin has significantly increased quantities of oil and natural gas produced in the region.  Local refineries do not have sufficient capacity to process all of the crude oil available.  The imbalance of supply and demand in the area is expected to result in an increase in oil transported from the D-J Basin to other markets, generally via pipeline or railroad car.  The imbalance is having an impact on prices paid by oil purchasers and increased the differential between crude oil prices posted on NYMEX and the average wellhead prices realized by us.  Further details regarding posted prices and average realized prices are discussed in the section entitled “Market Conditions,” presented in this Item 2.  We continue to explore various alternatives with various oil purchasers, including a local refiner and an oil pipeline that we believe will provide sufficient take-away capacity for all of our oil production. 

Other factors that will most significantly affect our results of operations include (i) activities on properties that we operate, (ii) the marketability of our production, (iii) our ability to satisfy our substantial capital requirements, (iv) completion of acquisitions of additional properties and reserves, (v) competition from larger companies and (vi) prices for oil and gas.  Our revenues will also be significantly impacted by our ability to maintain or increase oil or gas production through exploration and development activities.

It is expected that our principal source of future cash flow will be from the production and sale of oil and gas reserves, which are depleting assets.  Cash flow from the sale of oil and gas production depends upon the quantity of production and the price obtained for the production. An increase in prices will permit us to finance our operations to a greater extent with internally generated funds, may allow us to obtain equity financing from more sources or on better terms, and lessens the difficulty of obtaining financing.  However, price increases heighten the competition for oil and gas prospects, increase the costs of exploration and development, and, because of potential price declines, increase the risks associated with the purchase of producing properties during times that prices are at higher levels.

Other than the foregoing, we do not know of any trends, events or uncertainties that will have had or are reasonably expected to have a material impact on our sales, revenues, expenses or liquidity and capital resources.

 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

There have been no changes in our critical accounting policies since August 31, 2014, and a detailed discussion of the nature of our accounting practices can be found in the section titled “Critical Accounting Policies”  in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2014.

42

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management and information currently available to management. The use of words such as “believes”, “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “estimates”, “should”, “likely” or similar expressions, indicates a forward-looking statement.

The identification in this report of factors that may affect our future performance and the accuracy of forward-looking statements is meant to be illustrative and by no means exhaustive. All forward-looking statements should be evaluated with the understanding of their inherent uncertainty.

Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 
 
volatility of oil and natural gas prices;
 
 
operating hazards that result in losses;
 
 
uncertainties in the estimates of proved reserves;
 
 
effect of seasonal weather conditions and wildlife restrictions on our operations;
 
 
our need to expand our oil and natural gas reserves;
 
 
our ability to obtain adequate financing;
 
 
availability and capacity of gathering systems and pipelines for our production;
 
 
effect of local and regional factors on oil and natural gas prices;
 
 
incurrence of ceiling test write-downs;
 
 
our inability to control operations on properties we do not operate;
 
 
our ability to market our production;
 
 
the strength and financial resources of our competitors;
 
 
identifying future acquisitions;
 
 
uncertainty in global economic conditions;
 
 
legal and/or regulatory compliance requirements;
 
 
the amount of our indebtedness and ability to maintain compliance with debt covenants;
 
 
our need for capital;
 
 
key executives allocating a portion of their time to other business interests; and
 
 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and our internal controls over financial reporting.

 
43


 
Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

Commodity Price Risk - Our financial condition, results of operations and capital resources are highly dependent upon the prevailing market prices of oil and natural gas.   The volatility of oil prices affects our results to a greater degree than the volatility of gas prices, as approximately 81% of 2014 revenues were from the sale of oil.  During the last few months, the price of oil as declined significantly.  These commodity prices are subject to wide fluctuations and market uncertainties due to a variety of factors that are beyond our control. Factors influencing oil and natural gas prices include the level of global demand for oil, the global supply of oil and natural gas, the establishment of and compliance with production quotas by oil exporting countries, weather conditions which determine the demand for natural gas, the price and availability of alternative fuels, the strength of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies, and overall economic conditions. It is impossible to predict future oil and natural gas prices with any degree of certainty. Sustained weakness in oil and natural gas prices may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, and may also reduce the amount of oil and natural gas reserves that we can produce economically. Any reduction in our oil and natural gas reserves, including reductions due to price fluctuations, can have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain capital for our exploration and development activities. Similarly, any improvements in oil and natural gas prices can have a favorable impact on our financial condition, results of operations and capital resources.

We attempt to mitigate fluctuations in short-term cash flow resulting from changes in commodity prices by entering into derivative positions on a portion of our expected oil and gas production.  We use derivative contracts to cover no less than 45% and no more than 85% of expected hydrocarbon production, generally over a period of two years.  We do not enter into derivative contracts for speculative or trading purposes.  As of November 30, 2014, we had open crude oil derivatives in a net asset position with a fair value of $16.5 million.  A hypothetical upward shift of 10% in the NYMEX forward curve of crude oil and natural gas prices would reduce the fair value of our position by $5.6 million.  A hypothetical downward shift of 10% in the NYMEX forward curve of crude oil and natural gas prices would increase the fair value of our position by $5.8 million.

During the quarter ended November 30, 2014, there was a material decline in the price of oil, thus increasing the underlying commodity price risk.

Interest Rate Risk - At November 30, 2014, we had debt outstanding under our bank credit facility totaling $77.0 million.  Interest on our bank credit facility accrues at a variable rate, based upon either the Prime Rate or the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR).  At November 30, 2014, we were incurring interest at a rate of 2.5%.  We are exposed to interest rate risk on the bank credit facility if the variable reference rates increase.  A decrease in the variable interest rates would not have a significant impact on us, as the bank credit facility has a minimum interest rate of 2.5%.  If interest rates increase, our monthly interest payments would increase and our available cash flow would decrease.  We estimate that if market interest rates increase by 1% to an annual percentage rate of 3.5%, our interest payments would increase by approximately $0.8 million.

Under current market conditions, we do not anticipate significant changes in prevailing interest rates for the next year and we have not undertaken any activities to mitigate potential interest rate risk.  There was no material change in interest rate risk from 2014 to the first quarter of 2015.

Counterparty Risk – As described in the discussion about Commodity Price Risk, we enter into commodity derivative agreements to mitigate short-term price volatility.  These derivative financial instruments present certain counterparty risks.  We are exposed to potential loss if a counterparty fails to perform according to the terms of the agreement. The failure of any of the counterparties to fulfill their obligations to us could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.  We do not require collateral or other security to be furnished by counterparties.  We seek to manage the counterparty risk associated with these contracts by limiting transactions to well capitalized, well established and well known counterparties that have been approved by our senior officers.  There can be no assurance, however, that our practice effectively mitigates counterparty risk.  Our exposure to counterparty risk has increased significantly during the last few months as the amounts due to us from counterparties has increased.

Item 4.  Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Co-Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as of the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-Q (the “evaluation date”).  Based on such evaluation, our Co-Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the evaluation date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
 
44


 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the most recently completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.


PART II


Item 6.                    Exhibits

a.  Exhibits

10.32 Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2014, among Synergy Resources Corporation, The Lenders From Time to Time Party Hereto, and SunTrust Bank and KeyBank National Association.

10.33 Purchase and Sale Agreement between Bayswater Exploration and Production, LLC, et al, as Sellers, and Synergy Resources Corporation, as Buyer, dated October 29, 2014.

31.1 Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for William Scaff, Jr.
 
31.2 Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Frank L. Jennings.

31.2 Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for William Scaff, Jr.

32 Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for William Scaff, Jr. and Frank L. Jennings.
 
101 INS XBRL Instance Document
 
101 SCH XBRL Schema Document
 
101 CAL XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document
 
101 DEF XBRL Definition Linkbase Document
 
101 LAB XBRL Label Linkbase Document
 
101 PRE XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document
 

45




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
SYNERGY RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
 
January 9, 2015 /s/ William Scaff, Jr.
 
William Scaff, Jr, Co-Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 

 
 
January 9, 2015
/s/ Frank L. Jennings
 
Frank L. Jennings, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)




 



46

 

Exhibit 31.1


CERTIFICATIONS
I, William Scaff, Jr., certify that;

1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Synergy Resources Corporation;

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by the report;

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

January 9, 2015
 
 
 
/s/ William Scaff, Jr.
 
William Scaff, Jr,
Co-Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
Exhibit 31.2



CERTIFICATIONS
I, Frank L. Jennings, certify that;

1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Synergy Resources Corporation;

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by the report;

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

January 9, 2015  
 
 
 
/s/ Frank L. Jennings
 
Frank L. Jennings,
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)

 
Exhibit 32
 
 
In connection with the quarterly report of Synergy Resources Corporation, (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2014 as filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”) William Scaff, Jr., the Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Frank L. Jennings, the Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of their knowledge:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.
 

 
January 9, 2015
 
 
/s/ William Scaff, Jr.
 
William Scaff, Jr, Co-Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
 

January 9, 2015
 
 
/s/ Frank L. Jennings
 
Frank L. Jennings, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)







Exhibit 10.1
 
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of December 15, 2014
among
SYNERGY RESOURCES CORPORATION
as Borrower
THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO
and
SUNTRUST BANK
as Administrative Agent
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Syndication Agent
AMEGY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
COMMUNITY BANKS OF COLORADO
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
Co-Documentation Agents


SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers



 
Table of Contents
 
 
Page
 
SECTION 1.  
Definitions.
2
SECTION 2.  
Borrowing Base; Maximum Credit Amount
3
SECTION 3.  
Extension of Maturity
3
SECTION 4.  
Appointment of New Agent and Issuing Bank
3
SECTION 5.  
Additional Amendments to Credit Agreement
3
SECTION 6.  
Reallocation of Commitments
3
SECTION 7.  
Conditions of Effectiveness
4
SECTION 8.  
Post-Closing Requirements
5
SECTION 9.  
Representations and Warranties
5
SECTION 10.
Miscellaneous.
6
SECTION 11.
NO ORAL AGREEMENTS
6
SECTION 12.  
No Waiver 7
SIGNATURE PAGES
ANNEX I LIST OF MAXIMUM CREDIT AMOUNTS
ANNEX A CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
ANNEX B POST CLOSING OBLIGATIONS
ANNEX C AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS
ANNEX D AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
ANNEX E AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLE V (INCREASED COSTS; BREAK FUNDING PAYMENTS; TAXES; ILLEGALITY)
EXHIBITS K-1, K-2, K-3 AND K-4  FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES
 
 
The Company will furnish supplementally to the Commission a copy of any exhibit to this Agreement


 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (hereinafter called this “ Amendment ”) is dated as of December 15, 2014, by and among Synergy Resources Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each lender party to the Credit Agreement referred to below and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent for such lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity “ Administrative Agent ”) and as an Issuing Bank, and Community Banks of Colorado, a division of NBH Bank, N.A., in its capacity as the existing Administrative Agent (“ Existing Agent ”) and as an Issuing Bank (“ Existing Issuing Bank ”) under the Credit Agreement referred to below.
W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :
WHEREAS, the Borrower, Administrative Agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2012, as amended by the following:  that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 2013, Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 28, 2013, Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 20, 2013 and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 3, 2014 (the “ Existing Credit Agreement ” and, as amended by this Amendment and as further amended, modified or restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), whereby upon the terms and conditions therein stated the Lenders have agreed to make certain loans to the Borrower upon the terms and conditions set forth therein;
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders amend the Credit Agreement as set forth below; and
WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lenders are willing to agree to the amendments to the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1.          Definitions .
 
(a)              Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, each capitalized term used herein but not otherwise defined herein has the meaning given such term in the Credit Agreement.  The interpretive provisions set forth in Sections 1.02, 1.03 and 1.04 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to this Amendment.
 
(b)              As used in this Amendment, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
 
Amendment Effective Date ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7 of this Amendment.
Bayswater Acquisition Agreement ” means the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 29, 2014 by and among Bayswater Exploration & Production LLC, Bayswater Blenheim Holdings, LLC and Bayswater Blenheim Holdings II, LLC, as sellers, and the Borrower, as buyer.
 
 

Bayswater Transactions ” means the acquisition by the Borrower of the Assets as defined in the Bayswater Acquisition Agreement.
SECTION 2.       Borrowing Base; Maximum Credit Amount .   Effective on the Amendment Effective Date, (a) the Borrowing Base is increased to $230,000,000.00, the Conforming Borrowing Base shall be $200,000,000 and the Non-Conforming Borrowing Base shall be $30,000,000 and (b) the Maximum Credit Amount is increased to $500,000,000.00.
 
SECTION 3.        Extension of Maturity The definition of “Termination Date” is amended by deleting “May 29, 2019” and inserting in lieu thereof “December 15, 2019”.
 
SECTION 4.        Appointment of New Agent and Issuing Bank .
 
As of the Amendment Effective Date:
(a)              (i) The Existing Agent hereby resigns as the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and shall be fully discharged from all duties and obligations, and have no further liability in its capacity as Administrative Agent in connection with the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents to which it is a party; (ii) the Existing Issuing Bank shall be deemed to be an Issuing Bank only with respect to the Letter of Credit issued by it and remaining outstanding as of the Amendment Effective Date (and all modifications and extensions thereto that are permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement) and shall have no obligation to issue any additional Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement; (iii) the Lenders do hereby appoint SunTrust Bank as the Administrative Agent, and the Borrower agrees to such appointment, and the Borrower appoints SunTrust Bank as Issuing Bank under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Lenders agree to such appointment; and (iv) SunTrust Bank agrees to and does hereby accept such appointment as Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
 
(b)              The Borrower and the Lenders hereby confirm that SunTrust Bank succeeds to the rights and obligations of the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and is hereby vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges, and duties of the Administrative Agent thereunder.
 
(c)              The Borrower and the Lenders hereby confirm that SunTrust Bank shall have and is hereby vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges, and duties of an Issuing Bank under the Credit Agreement.
 
(d)              The Borrower and the Lenders hereto agree that SunTrust Bank shall not have any liability for any actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Existing Agent or Existing Issuing Bank while it served as the Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank as the case may be, under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
 
SECTION 5.     Additional Amendments to Credit Agreement Effective on the Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended as follows:
 
(a)              Commitments Annex I to the Credit Agreement (List of Maximum Credit Amounts) is hereby replaced with Annex I attached hereto.
 
(b)              Amendments .  The Credit Agreement is amended as set forth on Annex C,   Annex D and Annex E .  In addition, Exhibits K-1 , K-2 , K-3 and K-4 are added as Exhibits to the Credit Agreement in the forms attached to this Amendment.
 
SECTION 6.      Reallocation of Commitments .   Effective on the Amendment Effective Date:
 
3

(a)              The Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders and Issuing Banks parties hereto consent to the following:  (i) the reallocation of the Commitments so that each Lender’s Commitment is as set forth on Annex I attached hereto, (ii) the reallocation of the participations in Letters of Credit in accordance with each Lender’s Applicable Percentage as set forth on Annex I attached hereto, and (iii) the termination of each Departing Lender’s Commitment.  Any Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement whose name is not shown on Annex I is referred to herein as a “ Departing Lender ”.  On the Amendment Effective Date after giving effect to such reallocation and increase of the Commitments, the Commitment and Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be as set forth on Annex I attached hereto and the Commitment of each Departing Lender shall terminate.  The reallocation of the Commitments among the Lenders, including the assignment by each such Departing Lender of all of its rights, interests, liabilities and obligations under the Credit Agreement to the other Lenders, shall be deemed to have been consummated on the Amendment Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the Assignment and Assumption attached as Exhibit F to the Credit Agreement as if the Lenders and the Departing Lender had executed an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such reallocation.  The Administrative Agent hereby waives the $3,500.00 processing fee set forth in Section 12.04(b)(ii)(c) of the Credit Agreement with respect to the assignments and reallocations contemplated by this Section 6 .
 
(b)              If, as a result of the reallocation effected under this Section 6, any Lender (including any Departing Lender) incurs any losses, cost or expense as a result of any payment of Eurodollar Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (whether by the Borrower or by reallocation of the outstandings of the Eurodollar Loans under the Credit Agreement to effect the assignments provided herein) and such Lender makes a request for compensation, the Borrower shall compensate the Lender in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Credit Agreement.
 
(c)              Each institution that is a party hereto that is not a Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement (each, a “ New Lender ”) represents and agrees as follows: (i) it has received a copy of the Existing Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.01 thereof, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Amendment, (ii) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any other agent, any Lender or any arranger, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Amendment, and (iii)  it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
 
SECTION 7 .     Conditions of Effectiveness .  (a) This Amendment shall become effective as of the date (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) that each of the conditions precedent set forth on Annex A hereto shall have been satisfied.
 
(b)              Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Annex A , each Lender that has signed this Amendment (and its permitted successors and assigns) shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted, or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required hereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Amendment Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.
 
(c)              The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Amendment Effective Date.
 
4

SECTION 8.      Post-Closing Requirements .   The Borrower shall comply with the requirements set forth on Annex B hereto within the time frames set forth therein as may be extended by the Administrative Agent.
 
SECTION 9.      Representations and Warranties .   The Borrower represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and the Lenders, with full knowledge that such Persons are relying on the following representations and warranties in executing this Amendment, as follows:
 
(a)              It has the organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment, and all organizational action on the part of it requisite for the due execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly and effectively taken.
 
(b)              The Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, the Loan Documents and each and every other document executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with this Amendment to which it is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.
 
(c)              This Amendment does not and will not violate any provisions of any of the Organizational Documents of the Borrower.
 
(d)              No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, the Borrower of this Amendment.
 
(e)              After giving effect to this Amendment, the delivery of the Loan Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the Amendment, the consummation of the Bayswater Transactions and Loans being made on the Amendment Effective Date, the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article VII of the Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects, provided that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided further that, in each case, (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and (ii) for purposes hereof, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 7.04(a), (b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Credit Agreement or this Amendment.
 
(f)              The Bayswater Transactions have been, or contemporaneously with the effectiveness of this Amendment and the funding of the Loans on the Amendment Effective Date are being, consummated on the Amendment Effective Date (x) in accordance with applicable Governmental Requirements and (y) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Bayswater Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the date of this Amendment without taking into effect any waiver, amendment, supplement or other modification (including without limitation exercise by the Borrower of any option under Section 10.02 of the Bayswater Acquisition Agreement not to require satisfaction of a condition precedent), in each case unless approved by the Administrative Agent.
 
(g)        As of the Amendment Effective Date, notwithstanding any provision in any Security Instrument to the contrary, no Building (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) or Manufactured (Mobile) Home (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) included in the definition of “Mortgaged Property” or “collateral” or similar definition in any Security Instrument and no Building or Manufactured (Mobile) Home is encumbered by any Security Instrument. As used in this paragraph, “Building” means any Building or Manufactured (Mobile) Home, in each case as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulations); and “Flood Insurance Regulations” means (I) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (II) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (III) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (amending 42 USC § 4001, et seq.), as the same may be amended or recodified from time to time, and (d) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
5

 
SECTION 10.     Miscellaneous.
 
(a)              Reference to the Credit Agreement .  Upon the effectiveness hereof, on and after the date hereof, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein,” or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
 
(b)              Effect on the Credit Agreement; Ratification .  Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.  By its acceptance hereof, the Borrower hereby ratifies and confirms each Loan Document to which it is a party in all respects, after giving effect to the Borrowing Base redetermination and amendments set forth herein.
 
(c)              Extent of Amendments .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are not amended, modified or affected by this Amendment.  The Borrower hereby ratifies and confirms that (i) except as expressly amended hereby, all of the terms, conditions, covenants, representations, warranties and all other provisions of the Credit Agreement remain in full force and effect, (ii) each of the other Loan Documents are and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, and (iii) the Collateral and the Liens on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness are unimpaired by this Amendment and remain in full force and effect.
 
(d)              Loan Documents .  The Loan Documents, as such may be amended in accordance herewith, are and remain legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.  This Amendment is a Loan Document.
 
(e)              Claims .  As additional consideration to the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment by the parties hereto and to induce Administrative Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, it does not know of any defenses, counterclaims or rights of setoff to the payment of any Indebtedness of the Borrower to Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender.
 
(f)              Execution and Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or pdf shall be equally as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart.
 
(g)              Governing Law .  This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and applicable federal laws of the United States of America.
 
(h)              Headings .  Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience and reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.
 
SECTION 11.      NO ORAL AGREEMENTS .  THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE DETERMINED SOLELY FROM WRITTEN AGREEMENTS, DOCUMENTS, AND INSTRUMENTS, AND ANY PRIOR ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN SUCH PARTIES ARE SUPERSEDED BY AND MERGED INTO SUCH WRITINGS.  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE OTHER WRITTEN LOAN DOCUMENTS EXECUTED BY THE BORROWER, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ISSUING BANK AND/OR LENDERS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUCH PARTIES, AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BY SUCH PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN SUCH PARTIES.
 
 
6

 
SECTION 12.      No Waiver .   The Borrower hereby agrees that no Event of Default and no Default has been waived or remedied by the execution of this Amendment by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.  Nothing contained in this Amendment nor any past indulgence by the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender, nor any other action or inaction on behalf of the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender, (i) shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of any Defaults or  Events of Default which may exist under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or (ii) shall constitute or be deemed to constitute an election of remedies by the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender, or a waiver of any of the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender provided in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise afforded at law or in equity .
 
 
Signatures Pages Follow
 

7

                                                                               

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
BORROWER :
 
SYNERGY RESOURCES CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Edward Holloway
 
 
 
Edward Holloway
 
 
 
Co-Chief Executive Officer
 
Signature Page to Fifth Amendment
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
SUNTRUST BANK ,
as Administrative Agent and as an Issuing Bank and a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Scott Mackey
 
 
Name:
Scott Mackey
 
 
Title:
Director
 
Signature Page to Fifth Amendment
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
COMMUNITY BANKS OF COLORADO ,
as Existing Administrative Agent
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Sarah E. Burchett
 
 
Name:
Sarah E. Burchett
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
COMMUNITY BANKS OF COLORADO ,
as an Issuing Bank and a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Sarah E. Burchett
 
 
Name:
Sarah E. Burchett
 
 
Title:
Vice President
Signature Page to Fifth Amendment


 
 
 
 
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ John Dravenstott
 
 
Name:
John Dravenstott
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
Signature Page to Fifth Amendment
 


 
 
 
 
AMEGY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Charles Troeger
 
 
Name:
Charles Troeger
 
 
Title:
VP
 
 
Signature Page to Fifth Amendment
 

 
 
 
 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Darren Vanek
 
 
Name:
Darren Vanek
 
 
Title:
Senior Vice President
 
 
Signature Page to Fifth Amendment

 

 
 
 
CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANK ,
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Michael Willis
 
 
Name:
Michael Willis
 
 
Title:
Managing Director
 
 
  By: /s/ Sharada Manne
  Name: Sharada Manne
  title: Managing Director
 
 
Signature Page to Fifth Amendment


 
 
 
DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH ,
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kirk L. Tashjian
 
 
Name:
Kirk L. Tashjian
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
  By: /s/ Peter Cucchiara
  Name: Peter Cucchiara
  title: Vice President
 
 
Signature Page to Fifth Amendment



 
 
 
 
IBERIABANK ,
as a Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Tyler S. Thoem
 
 
Name:
Tyler S. Thoem
 
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
Signature Page to Fifth Amendment

 

 

ANNEX I
LIST OF MAXIMUM CREDIT AMOUNTS
Name of Lender
 
Applicable
Percentage
   
Maximum Credit Amount
   
Amount of Commitment on Amendment Effective Date
 
 
SunTrust Bank
   
17.3913
%
 
$
86,956,521.74
   
$
40,000,000.00
 
 
KeyBank National Association
   
15.2174
%
 
$
76,086,956.52
   
$
35,000,000.00
 
 
Amegy Bank National Association
   
13.0435
%
 
$
65,217,391.30
   
$
30,000,000.00
 
 
Community Banks of Colorado
   
13.0435
%
 
$
65,217,391.30
   
$
30,000,000.00
 
 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
   
13.0435
%
 
$
65,217,391.30
   
$
30,000,000.00
 
 
Credit Agricole Corporate & Investment Bank
   
9.7826
%
 
$
48,913,043.48
   
$
22,500,000.00
 
 
Deutsche Bank AG
   
9.7826
%
 
$
48,913,043.48
   
$
22,500,000.00
 
 
IberiaBank
   
8.6957
%
 
$
43,478,260.87
   
$
22,500,000.00
 
 
                       
Total
   
100.0000
%
 
$
500,000,000.00
   
$
230,000,000.00
 
 

 
Annex I

 

ANNEX A
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
1.              The Administrative Agent shall have received (which may be by electronic transmission), in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, each of the following documents:
 
(a)              (i) a counterpart of this Amendment which shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Existing Agent, the Existing Issuing Bank, each of the Lenders shown on Annex I to this Amendment as having a Commitment Amount on the Amendment Effective Date and the Borrower (which may be by telecopy or PDF transmission) and (ii) Notes duly executed by the Borrower payable to each Lender shown on Annex I to this Amendment as having a Commitment Amount on the Amendment Effective Date dated as of the Amendment Effective Date;
 
(b)              (i) Security Instruments covering the Oil and Gas Properties and real property and fixtures acquired by the Borrower pursuant to the Bayswater Acquisition Agreement; and (ii) such other Security Instruments, title information, supplements, documents and instruments that the Administrative Agent shall have requested so that (y) before giving effect to the Bayswater Acquisition the Administrative Agent has received reasonably satisfactory title information on at least 80% (by NPV) of the total Proved Reserves attributable to the Oil and Gas Properties of Borrower and (z) after giving effect to the Bayswater Acquisition Borrower has granted to the Administrative Agent as security for the Indebtedness a perfected first-priority Lien interest  ( provided that Excepted Liens of the type described in clauses (a) to (d) and (f) of the definition thereof may exist, but subject to the provisos at the end of such definition) on at least 80% (by NPV) of the total Proved Reserves attributable to the Oil and Gas Properties of Borrower (it being understood that any filing or recordation may occur after the Amendment Effective Date so long as the Administrative Agent has the authority to make such filings and recordations on the Amendment Effective Date);
 
(c)              the certificate described in Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower and the certificate described in Section 6.01(d) of the Credit Agreement prepared taking into account and giving effect to the Bayswater Transactions, this Amendment and any extensions of credit on the Amendment Effective Date, in each case dated as of the Amendment Effective Date, and the items described in Sections 6.01(c), (m) and (p) of the Credit Agreement, in each case dated as of a recent date;
 
(d)              legal opinion of Hart & Hart LLC, counsel to the Borrower, and legal opinion from New York counsel (satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) as Borrower’s special New York counsel; and
 
(e)              a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) with respect to the solvency of the Borrower and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Bayswater Transactions, this Amendment and any Loans being made on the Amendment Effective Date, and (ii) certifying as to the matters set forth in Sections 3,  5(a), 9 and 10 of this Annex A and as to the matters set forth in Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, in each case taking into account and giving effect to the Bayswater Transactions, this Amendment and any extensions of credit on the Amendment Effective Date.
 
2.              The conditions precedent in Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied.
 
3.              Each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 of this Amendment shall be true and correct.
 
A-1

4.              The Administrative Agent shall have received fully executed copies of the Bayswater Acquisition Agreement and all other documents and agreements evidencing the Bayswater Transactions, which must have terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with all exhibits and schedules, and all amendments, waivers, supplements and other modifications thereto, which shall have been certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as being true and correct and complete.
 
5.              (a) The Bayswater Acquisition shall have been consummated (or shall be consummated on the Amendment Effective Date substantially simultaneously with the funding of the requested Loans on the Amendment Effective Date) (x) in accordance with applicable Governmental Requirements and (y) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Bayswater Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the date of this Amendment without taking into effect any waiver, amendment, supplement or other modification (including without limitation exercise by the Borrower of any option under Section 10.02 of the Bayswater Acquisition Agreement not to require satisfaction of a condition precedent), in each case unless approved by the Administrative Agent.
 
(b)              The capitalization, structure and equity ownership of Borrower after giving effect to the Bayswater Transactions and the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall be satisfactory to Administrative Agent in all material respects.
6.              The Administrative Agent shall have received Borrower’s audited consolidated balance sheet and related statement of operations (accompanied by consolidated schedules), shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, all reported on by EKS&H or another firm of independent public accountants of recognized national or regional standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (without a “ going concern ” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit), and certified by one of its Financial Officers, to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
 
7.              The Administrative Agent shall have received a pro forma statement of consolidated results of operations for the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries for the four-quarter period most recently ended prior to the Amendment Effective Date for which financial statements are available, and a pro forma balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows and projections of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the last day of such four-quarter period, giving pro forma effect to the Bayswater Transactions as if the Bayswater Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such other financial statements) (the “ Pro Forma Statements and Projections ”), together with such information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to confirm the tax, legal and business assumptions made in such Pro Forma Statements and Projections. The Pro Forma Statements and Projections must demonstrate, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, together with all other information then available to the Administrative Agent, that the Borrower has the ability to repay its debts and satisfy its other obligations as and when due and to comply with the financial covenants set forth in the Loan Documents.**
 
8.              Borrower shall have paid, or shall have made arrangements with the Administrative Agent to pay with the proceeds of the Borrowing made on the Amendment Effective Date, (a) the principal of outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and fees and other amounts which are required by the terms of the Credit Agreement to be paid on the Amendment Effective Date to Departing Lenders, if any, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, (b) the principal of outstanding Loans, together with   accrued interest, and fees and other amounts which are required by the terms of the Credit Agreement to be paid on the Amendment Effective Date to Lenders, and (c)   all other fees and expenses due to the Lenders, the Departing Lenders, and the Administrative Agent (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees of counsel to the Administrative Agent).
 
A-2

9.              All approvals of a Governmental Authority or third party necessary in connection with the Bayswater Acquisition, the financing and transactions contemplated hereby and the continued operations of Borrower’s business shall have been obtained in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in all material respects and shall be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the Bayswater Acquisition or the financing thereof, or any transactions contemplated hereby.
 
10.              The absence of any action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental authority that purports to affect the Bayswater Transactions, any transaction contemplated hereby, or that could have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower, the Bayswater Transactions, the Assets (as defined in the Bayswater Acquisition Agreement) or any transaction contemplated hereby or on the ability of Borrower or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.
 
11.              The Borrower shall have delivered such documentation and information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering laws as requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
 
 

A-3

 

ANNEX B
POST CLOSING OBLIGATIONS
Within 60 days after the Amendment Effective Date (or such longer period of time as may be permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), the Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, title information on the Oil and Gas Properties acquired pursuant to the Bayswater Acquisition so that the Administrative Agent has received, together with title information previously delivered to the Administrative Agent,  reasonably satisfactory title information on at least 80% (by NPV) of the total Proved Reserves attributable to the Oil and Gas Properties of Borrower.
 

 
B-1

 

ANNEX C
AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS
1.                    New Definitions .  The following definitions are hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement in proper alphabetical order:
 
Administrative Agent ” means SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Loan Documents or any successor Administrative Agent.
Conforming Borrowing Base ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(g) .
Conforming Borrowing Base Utilization ” means, as of any day, the fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the sum of Revolving Credit Exposures of the Lenders on such day and the denominator of which is, before the Conforming Date, the Conforming Borrowing Base, and after the Conforming Date, the Borrowing Base.
Conforming Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(g) .
Fifth Amendment Closing Date ” means the “Amendment Effective Date” as such term is defined in that certain Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December [__], 2014 by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto.
Loan Party ” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.
Non-Conforming Borrowing Base ” means the amount determined under Section 2.07(g) .
Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 12.02 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders.
Sanctions ” means any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC and the U.S. Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant authority that administers or enforces Sanctions.
Withholding Agent ” means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
2.                     Amended and Restated Definitions .  The following definitions in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:
 
Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to each Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan, (i) the rate per annum equal to the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars appearing  on Reuters screen page LIBOR 01 (or on any successor or substitute page of such service or any successor to such service, or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period, divided by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the then stated maximum rate of all reserve requirements (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves and without benefit of credits for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time) applicable to any member bank of the Federal Reserve System in respect of Eurocurrency liabilities as defined in Regulation D (or any successor category of liabilities under Regulation D); provided , that if the rate referred to in clause (i) above is not available at any such time for any reason, then the rate referred to in clause (i) shall instead be the interest rate per annum , as determined by the Administrative Agent, to be the arithmetic average of the rates per annum at which deposits in U. S. Dollars in an amount equal to the amount of such Eurodollar Loan are offered by major banks in the London interbank market to the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time), two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period; and provided further that if the rate referred to in clause (i) above is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement and the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall not be less than zero.
 
C-1

Applicable Margin ” means, for any day, the rate per annum set forth in the grid below based upon the Type of Loan or Borrowing and the Conforming Borrowing Base Utilization percentage then in effect, subject to a minimum interest rate floor (which includes the Applicable Margin and the Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate, as the case may be) of 2.5% per annum:
A
B
C
D
Conforming Borrowing Base
Utilization
Eurodollar
Loan
ABR
Loan
Unused
Commitment Fee
≥ 110%
400 bps
275 bps
50 bps
≥ 100% and < 110%
325 bps
200 bps
50 bps
≥ 90% and < 100%
275 bps
150 bps
50 bps
≥ 75% and < 90%
250 bps
125 bps
50 bps
≥ 50% and < 75%
225 bps
100 bps
50 bps
≥ 25% and < 50%
200 bps
75 bps
37.5 bps
< 25%
175 bps
50 bps
37.5 bps

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Commodity Exchange Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with member banks of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next succeeding Business Day or, if such rate is not so published for any Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.
LC Commitment ” means $5,000,000.
 
C-2

Prime Rate ” shall mean the highest of (i) the rate which the Administrative Agent announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time, (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as in effect from time to time, plus one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined on a daily basis for an Interest Period of one (1) month, plus one percent (1.00%) per annum (any changes in such rates to be effective as of the date of any change in such rate).  The Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer.  The Administrative Agent may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above, or below the Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate.
Required Lenders ” means (a) with respect to approval of a decrease or maintenance of the Borrowing Base, Lenders holding, in the aggregate, at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure, unless there is no outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure at such time, and in such case, then Lenders holding, in the aggregate, at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the existing Commitments at such time; and (b) with respect to all other approvals requiring the consent of the Required Lenders, Lenders holding, in the aggregate, greater than fifty percent (50.0%) of the outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure at such time, unless there is no outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure at such time, and in such case, then Lenders holding, in the aggregate, greater than fifty percent (50.0%) of the existing Commitments at such time.
3.                    Amendments to Definitions .  The following definitions in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement are amended as follows:
 
Borrowing Base Utilization Percentage ”:  the definition of “Borrowing Base Utilization Percentage” is deleted.
Business Day ”:  the definition of “ Business Day ” is amended by deleting the word “Colorado” and replacing it with “Atlanta, Georgia”.
Defaulting Lender ”:  the definition of “Defaulting Lender” is amended as follows:
Revise the wording that appears immediately  prior to clause (a) to read as follows:  “ “ Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender that has”
Add the following new sentences at the end of such definition:  “A Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.  Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (f) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 4.03(c) ) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Bank and each Lender.”
Excepted Liens ”: the definition of “Excepted Liens” is amended by revising clause (i) in its entirety to read as follows: “(i) Liens securing, on a pari passu basis with the Indebtedness of the Borrower under this Agreement, Secured Hedging Agreements and the obligations thereunder;”
 
C-3

FCPA ”: the definition of “FCPA” is amended by adding the following to the end of such definition: “and the rules and regulations issued thereunder and any other applicable anti-corruption law.”
Indebtedness ”:  the definition of “ Indebtedness ” is amended by adding the following new sentence to the end thereof: “Without limiting the foregoing, “Indebtedness” includes all principal, interest (including any interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), reimbursement obligations, fees, expenses, indemnification and reimbursement payments, costs and expenses (including all fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and any Lender incurred pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document).”
Issuing Bank ”:  the definition of “Issuing Bank” is amended by deleting “Community Banks of Colorado,” and inserting lieu thereof: “SunTrust Bank”.  In addition the following sentence is added to the end of such definition:  “The parties to this Agreement agree and acknowledge that as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, a Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement by Community Banks of Colorado exists, and Community Banks of Colorado shall be deemed to be an Issuing Bank only with respect to such Letter of Credit (and all modifications and extensions thereto that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement governing Letters of Credit issued hereunder) and from and after the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, Community Banks of Colorado shall have no obligation to issue any additional Letters of Credit hereunder.”
LIBO Rate ”:  the definition of “LIBO Rate” is deleted.
Loan Documents ”: the definition of “Loan Documents” is amended by adding the following phrase immediately before the period at the end of such definition: “ provided , however , that for purposes of Article X and Section 12.02 , the term “Loan Documents” shall not include Hedging Arrangements.


C-4

 

ANNEX D
AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
1.                    Notes .   Section 2.02(d) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
 
“(d) Notes.  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice appropriate records evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.  The Administrative Agent shall maintain appropriate records in which shall be recorded (i) the Commitment of each Lender, (ii) the amount of each Loan made hereunder by each Lender, the Type thereof and, in the case of each Eurodollar Loan, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) the date of any continuation of any Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 , (iv) the date of any conversion of all or a portion of any Loan to another Type pursuant to Section 2.04 , (v) the date and amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder in respect of the Loans and (vi) both the date and amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower in respect of the Loans and each Lender’s pro rata share thereof.  The entries made in such records shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided that the failure or delay of any Lender or the Administrative Agent in maintaining or making entries into any such record or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans (both principal and unpaid accrued interest) of such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
At the request of any Lender at any time, the Borrower agrees that it will prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) in substantially the form of Exhibit A or such other form approved by the Administrative Agent.”
2.              Times .  The reference to “11:00 a.m. Denver time” in Sections 2.03, 2.08(e), 3.04 and 4.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be replaced with “1:00 p.m. New York time”.  The reference to “12:00 noon, Denver time” in Section 2.05 of the Credit Agreement shall be replaced with “2:00 p.m. New York time”.  The reference to “9:00 a.m. Denver time” in Section 2.08(e) shall be replaced with “11:00 a.m. New York time”.
 
3.              Section 2.03 (Requests for Borrowings) is amended as follows: in the first paragraph of Section 2.03 , at the end of clause (a), the following parenthetical is hereby added before the semicolon: “(or, in the case of an ABR Borrowing to be funded on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date, not later than 1 P.M. New York time on the Fifth Amendment Closing Date)”.
 
4.              Section 2.07(c) (Borrowing Base scheduled and Interim Redetermination Procedures) is amended by (A) replacing the reference to “May 15, 2013” with “June 15, 2015”, (B) replacing the reference to “November 15” with “December 15” and (c) replacing the reference to “May 15” with “June 15.”
 
5.              Section 2.07 (Borrowing Base) is amended by adding a new Section 2.07(g) as follows:
 
D-1

“(g)              Non-Conforming Borrowing Base
(i)      The Borrowing Base otherwise determined under this Section 2.07 shall be increased by the Non-Conforming Borrowing Base, which shall be adjusted when and as the Borrowing Base determinations are effective.
 
(ii)     Prior to the Conforming Date, the Non-Conforming Borrowing Base is equal to the lesser of (A) $30,000,000.00 or (B) the difference between $230,000,000.00 and the amount the Borrowing Base would be determined to be under this Section 2.07 without giving effect to the increase under (i) above (the “ Conforming Borrowing Base ”).
 
(iii)     On or after the Conforming Date, the Non-Conforming Borrowing Base shall be $0, and shall remain $0 at all times after such Conforming Date.
 
(iv)     The “Conforming Date” is the earliest to occur of the following:
 
(A)
The first annual anniversary of the Fifth Amendment Closing Date;
 
(B)
The date on which the Borrower receives aggregate cash proceeds from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests or Debt (other than Loans and Letter of Credit obligations under this Agreement), net of commissions and fees paid to a capital markets adviser, in excess of the Non-Conforming Borrowing Base as most recently adjusted; and
 
(C)
The date the Conforming Borrower Base is greater than $230,000,000.00.
 
(v)     Prior to the Conforming Date, each determination of the Borrowing Base under Section 2.07 (or request therefor) shall include the determination (or request therefor) of the Conforming Borrowing Base and Non-Conforming Borrowing Base, in the same manner, at the same times, and by the same requisite Lenders as the determination (or request therefor) of the Borrowing Base.”
 
6.              Sections 3.02(e) (Interest) and Sections 3.03(a) and (b) (Alternate Rate of Interest) are amended by deleting the phrases “or the LIBO Rate” and “or LIBO Rate” each time they appear.
 
7.              Section 3.05(a) (Letter of Credit Fees) is amended by replacing the words “LIBO Rate Borrowing” with “Eurodollar Borrowing”.
 
8.              Section 3.05(c)(i) (Threshold Commitment Fee) is amended to read as follows:  “(i) before the Conforming Date, 0.375% of each increase in the Conforming Borrowing Base over its previously highest level and 0.500% of each increase in the Non-Conforming Borrowing Base over its previously highest level, and on or after the Conforming Date 0.375% of any increase in the Borrowing Base over its previously highest level.”
 
9.              Section 3.05(e) ( Unused Commitment Fee) is amended by revising the first sentence to read as follows:
 
D-2

“The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender an unused commitment fee equal to the rate per annum set forth in the grid in the definition of Applicable Margin under the column titled “Unused Commitment Fee” for the applicable utilization percentage in Column “A” of such grid, in each case calculated on the average daily amount of the unused Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the date of this Agreement to but excluding the date of termination of the Commitments.”
10.              Section 7.04(b)   (No Material Adverse Change) is amended by replacing “August 31, 2012” with “August 31, 2014”.
 
11.              Section 7.14 (Subsidiaries) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:  “As of the Fifth Amendment Closing Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries.”
 
12.              Section 7.31 is amended to read as follows:
 
Section 7.31   Sanctions.   None of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any director, officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a Person that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are:  (i) the subject or target of any Sanctions, or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, including, without limitation currently, Cuba, Iran, north Korea, Sudan and Syria.”
13.              Section 8.13(a) (Title Information) is amended by deleting the following comma and words that appear at the end of such definition:  “, with such 80% first being satisfied from Proved Development Producing Reserves, next from Proved Development Nonproducing Reserves and thereafter from Proved Undeveloped Reserves”.
 
14.              Section 8.14 is amended as follows:
 
The heading of such Section is amended to be “ Collateral ”.
The following sentence is added to the beginning of Section 8.14(a) :  “The Indebtedness shall be secured by first and prior liens on substantially all assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including Oil and Gas Properties representing not less than 80% of the NPV of the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated in the most recent reserve report.  The Borrower agrees to deliver, and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries to deliver, such mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, financing statements and other security documents, in each case as may be requested by the Administrative Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.”
Section 8.14(b) is amended by adding the following at the end of the first sentence:  “and to grant a first and prior lien on its Oil and Gas Properties and other assets as required by Section 8.14(a) .”
Section 8.14 is amended by adding the following new subsection (c):

“(c)              The mortgages and deeds of trust delivered by the Borrower and other Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall expressly exclude from the description of the collateral covered thereby, and shall not otherwise encumber, any Building which is not a Designated Building (as each such term defined below in this subsection (c)).  If requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall, and shall cause the applicable Loan Party to, provide the following with respect to each Designated Building (as hereinafter defined): 
 
 
D-3

(i)
(A) information and documentation sufficient to obtain a standard life of loan flood hazard determination certificate issued by a flood hazard certification firm acceptable to the Administrative Agent (a “ SFHD ”) for such parcel or other portion of the Mortgaged Property upon which is located any Designated Building and (B) an SFHD indicating that the Designated Building is not located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, as defined in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1972 (as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, the “ FDPA ”), or

(ii)
if the SFHD indicates that the Designated Building is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, (A) a written notice of that fact, acknowledged by the Company and any applicable Guarantor, (B) evidence of adequate flood insurance on the Designated Building and its contents located on the Oil and Gas Properties and (C) such other information required by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for compliance with (1) any applicable requirements of the FDPA or other similar applicable laws, rules or regulations, or (2) promptly following written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any applicable requirements of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in accordance with the Administrative Agent's or such Lender's standard policies and practices. 

As used in this Section 8.14(c) : “ Building ” means any Building or Manufactured (Mobile) Home, in each case as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulations); and  “ Flood Insurance Regulations ” means (I) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (II) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (III) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (amending 42 USC § 4001, et seq.), as the same may be amended or recodified from time to time, and (d) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 and any regulations promulgated thereunder; and “ Designated Building ” means a Building located on any real property that constitutes Collateral which the Administrative Agent in its discretion determines should be included in the description of the property encumbered by a Mortgage.”

15.              Section 9.05 (Investments, Loans and Advances).  Section 9.05(h) is amended to read as follows:  “(h) investments in or to any wholly owned Subsidiary that is a Guarantor”.
 
16.              Section 9.06 (Nature of Business).  Section 9.06 is amended by adding the words “or the business of any Subsidiary” after the words “its business”
 
17.              Section 9.08 (Proceeds of Notes/Loans):  The heading of Section 9.08 is amended to read “Proceeds of Loans”, and the following new sentence is added to the end of such Section:  “The Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, use any part of the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Loans, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor, or otherwise); or (iii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the FCPA.”
 
18.              Section 10.01  (Events of Default) is amended as follows:  in Sections 10.01(c) , (d) , (e) , (f) , (g) , (h) , (i) , (k) and (l),   each reference to “the Borrower” shall be replaced by “the Borrower or any Subsidiary”.
 
D-4

 
19.              Section 11.03 (Action by Administrative Agent) is amended as follows:  The third sentence of Section 11.03 is amended by deleting the proviso that appears therein; and the fourth sentence of Section 11.03 is amended by deleting the word “however”.
 
20.              Section 11.06 (Resignation or Removal of Administrative Agent) is amended by restating the first sentence thereof to read as follows:  “Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this Section 11.06 , the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower”.
 
21.              Section 11.08 (No Reliance) is amended by restating the penultimate sentence to read as follows:  “In this regard, each Lender acknowledges that Haynes and Boone, LLP is acting in this transaction as counsel to the Administrative Agent only”.
 
22.              Section 12.01(a)(ii) and Section 12.01(a)(iii) (Notices) are each amended to read as follows:
 
“(ii) if to the Administrative Agent:                             SunTrust Bank
3333 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30326
Attention: Yann Pirio
Telecopy Number: (404) 827-6270
With a copy to (for
Information purposes only):                       SunTrust Bank
Agency Services
303 Peachtree Street, N.E. / 25th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Attention: Doug Weltz
Telecopy Number: (404) 495-2170
To the Issuing Bank:                                           SunTrust Bank
25 Park Place, N.E./Mail Code 3706/16th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
Attention: Standby Letter of Credit Dept.
Telecopy Number: (404) 588-8129”
“(iii)                    if to any Lender, to it at its address (or facsimile number) set forth on its administrative agency information form provided to the Administrative Agent or on its Assignment and Assumption.”
23.              Sections 12.01(b), (c) and (d) (Notices) are amended to read as follows:
 
“(b)
Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  All such notices and other communications shall be effective upon actual receipt by the relevant Person or, if delivered by overnight courier service, upon the first Business Day after the date deposited with such courier service for overnight (next-day) delivery or, if sent by telecopy, upon transmittal in legible form by facsimile machine or, if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the mail or, if delivered by hand, upon delivery; provided that notices delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank shall not be effective until actually received by such Person at its address specified in this Section.
 
 
D-5

(c) Any agreement of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender herein to receive certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at the request of the Borrower.  The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Borrower to give such notice and the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall not have any liability to the Borrower or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice.  The obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and all other Indebtedness hereunder shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender of a confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and such Lender to be contained in any such telephonic or facsimile notice.
(d) Electronic Communications. (i) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II, Article III, Article IV or Article V unless such Lender, the Issuing Bank, as applicable, and the Administrative Agent have agreed to receive notices under any Section thereof by electronic communication and have agreed to the procedures governing such communications.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the party receiving such notice or communication; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
(ii)              Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (A) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (B) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received by an intended recipient at the time that such intended recipient is deemed to have received, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of this subsection (d), notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.”
 
D-6

24.              Section 12.02(b) (Waivers, Amendments) is amended to read as follows:
 
“(b)              No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of the other Loan Documents, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and, other than Hedging Agreements, signed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders, or the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided   that , in addition to the consent of the Required Lenders, no amendment, waiver or consent shall:
(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender;
 
(ii) increase the Borrowing Base, Conforming Borrowing Base or Non-Conforming Borrowing Base without the written consent of each Lender;
 
(iii) modify Section 2.07 in any manner without the consent of each Lender; provided that a Scheduled Redetermination may be postponed by the Required Lenders;
 
(iv) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment;
 
(v) postpone the date fixed for any payment of any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or LC Disbursement or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment, or postpone the scheduled date for the termination or reduction of the Commitment of any Lender, without the written consent of such Lender;
 
(vi) change Section 4.01  or Section 10.02 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender;
 
(vii) change any of the provisions of this subsection (b) or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision of this Agreement specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender;
 
(viii) release all or substantially all of the guarantors, or limit the liability of such guarantors, under any guaranty agreement guaranteeing any of the Indebtedness, without the written consent of each Lender; or
 
(ix) release all or substantially all collateral (if any) securing any of the Indebtedness, without the written consent of each Lender;
 
provided , further , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights, duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of such Person.
 
D-7

 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended, and amounts payable to such Lender hereunder may not be permanently reduced, without the consent of such Lender (other than reductions in fees and interest in which such reduction does not disproportionately affect such Lender).  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended and restated without the consent of any Lender (but with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) if, upon giving effect to such amendment and restatement, such Lender shall no longer be a party to this Agreement (as so amended and restated), the Commitments of such Lender shall have terminated (but such Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of provisions that expressly survive termination), such Lender shall have no other commitment or other obligation hereunder and such Lender shall have been paid in full all principal, interest and other amounts owing to it or accrued for its account under this Agreement.”
25.                 Section 12.03(a)(i) (Expenses) is amended by deleting the words “the Lenders” and inserting in lieu thereof “the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates”.
 
26.                 Section 12.03(b) (Indemnity) is amended as follows:
In the language that precedes clause (i), after the words “INCURRED OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY INDEMNITEE” insert the following words: “BY ANY THIRD PARTY OR THE BORROWER OR ANY LOAN PARTY”.
At the end of such Section, add the following:   “No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through Syndtrak, Intralinks or any other Internet or intranet website, except to the extent that such damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors under this Section shall be joint and several.”
27.                 Section 12.04(b)(i) (Successors and Assigns) is amended as follows:
 
In Section 12.04(b)(i)(B) delete the words “and the Issuing Bank” and delete the words “or the Issuing Bank”.
In Section 12.04(b)(i)(B) delete the period at the end and replace it with “; and” and add a new Section 12.04(b)(i)(C), to read as follows:
“(C) the Issuing Bank for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding).”
28.                  Sections 12.04(b)(iv) and (v) (Successors and Assigns) are amended to read as follows:
 
“(iv)              The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at its office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Maximum Credit Amount of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
 
D-8

(v)              Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s providing any information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with its duties hereunder, the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 12.04(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by this Section 12.04(b) , the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (c) of this Section.”
29.              Section 12.04(c)(i) is amended by deleting the words “in the proviso to Section 12.02 ” and inserting in lieu thereof the words “in the first proviso to Section 12.02(b) ”.  Section 12.04(c)(i) is further amended by deleting the words “an agent of the Borrower” in the fourth proviso thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the words “a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower”.
 
30.              Section 12.04(d) is amended by adding the words “or other central bank” after the words “Federal Reserve Bank”.
 
31.              Section 12.04(f) is amended to read as follows:
“Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 12.04 , no transfer or assignment of the interests or obligations of any Lender or any grant of participations therein shall be permitted if such transfer, assignment or grant would be to the Borrower, an Affiliate of the Borrower, or a natural Person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person).”
32.              Section 12.09(a) ( Governing Law; Jurisdiction; etc.) is amended by deleting “Colorado” and inserting in lieu thereof “New York”; and Section 12.09(b)   is   amended to read as follows:
 
“(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive   jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York county, and of any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such District Court or New York state court or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, such appellate court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.”
 
D-9

33.              The last sentence of Section 12.11 (Confidentiality) is amended to read as follows:  “Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 12.11 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.”
 
34.              Section 12.12(b) (Interest Rate Limitation) is amended by replacing the word “Notes” with “Indebtedness” and by changing the phrase “the Loans evidenced by the Notes” to “the Loans”.
 
35.              A new Section 12.18 is added, as follows:
 
Section 12.18   No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .  In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees and acknowledges its and its Affiliates’ understanding that (i) (A) the services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, each other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person, and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their Affiliates with respect to the transaction contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders has no obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.”
 
D-10

 

ANNEX E
AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLE V AND RELATED DEFINITIONS
(INCREASED COSTS; BREAK FUNDING PAYMENTS; TAXES; ILLEGALITY)
1.                    New Definitions.  The following definitions are hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement in proper alphabetical order or, as applicable, amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:
 
Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 5.03 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section   5.03(g) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
Foreign Lender ” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.05 ).
Recipient ” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender or (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable.
 
E-1

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
2.                    Section 5.01 (Increased Costs) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
 
“SECTION 5.01.  Increased Costs .
(b)              Increased Costs Generally.  If any Change in Law shall:
 
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or any Issuing Bank;
 
(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes and Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or
 
(iii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
 
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, the Borrower will pay to such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
 
(c)              Capital Requirements .  If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or Issuing Bank or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by any Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
 
E-2

(d)              Certificates for Reimbursement .  A certificate of a Lender or Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
 
(e)              Delay in Requests .  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions, and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).”
 
3.                  Section 5.03 (Taxes) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
 
“SECTION 5.03.  Taxes .
(a)              Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Section 5.03 , the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.
 
(b)              Payments Free of Taxes .  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law.  If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
 
(c)              Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower .  The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.
 
(d)              Indemnification by the Borrower .  The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
 
E-3

(e)              Indemnification by the Lenders .  Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 12.04 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).
 
(f)              Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 5.03 , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
 
(g)              Status of Lenders .  (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.03(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
 
(ii)      Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
 
(A)
any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;
 
(B)
any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
 
(1)
in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party  (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W‑8BEN-E-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN-E-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
 
E-4

(2)
executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;
 
(3)
in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E-E; or
 
(4)
to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-2 or Exhibit K-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;
 
(C)
any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
 
(D)
if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
 
E-5

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(h)              Treatment of Certain Refunds .  If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.03 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.03 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund).  Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.  This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
 
(i)              Survival .  Each party’s obligations under this Section 5.03 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.
 
(j)              For purposes of determining withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, from and after the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to treat) this Agreement as not qualifying as a "grandfathered obligation" within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i).
 
4.              A new Section 5.05 is added following the existing Section 5.04 as follows:
 
“SECTION 5.05.  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .
(a)              Designation of a Different Lending Office .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.01 , or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.03 , then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.01 or 5.03 , as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
 
E-6

(b)              Replacement of Lenders .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.01 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.03 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 5.05(a) , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 12.04 ), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 5.03 ) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:
 
(i) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 12.04;
 
(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 5.02) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
 
(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 5.01 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 5.03, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
 
(iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law; and
 
(v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.
 
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.”
 
E-7


 
EXHIBIT K-1
FORM OF
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Synergy Resources Corporation, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
 
By:  _________________________________________________________                                                                                            
 
Name:
 
Title:
Date: ________ __, 20[  ]
Exhibit K-1

 

EXHIBIT K-2
FORM OF
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Synergy Resources Corporation, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code ] .
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
 
By:     ____________________________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
Date: ________ __, 20[  ]
Exhibit K-2

 

EXHIBIT K-3
FORM OF
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Synergy Resources Corporation, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
 
By:        ____________________________________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
Date: ________ __, 20[  ]
Exhibit K-3

 

EXHIBIT K-4
FORM OF
U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Synergy Resources Corporation, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
 
By:      ___________________________________________________     
 
Name:
 
Title:
Date: ________ __, 20[  ]
 
 
 
Exhibit K-4
Exhibit 10.2
 




PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT


between
Bayswater Exploration & Production, LLC,
Bayswater Blenheim Holdings, LLC, and
Bayswater Blenheim Holdings II, LLC,
as Sellers,

and

Synergy Resources Corporation,

as Buyer

Dated October 29, 2014








TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 
PAGE
ARTICLE 1 DEFINED TERMS  
1
 
1.1
General Definitions
1
 
1.2
Amendment of Defined Instruments
7
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 2 PURCHASE AND SALE  
7
 
2.1
Purchase and Sale
7
 
2.2
Assets
7
 
2.3
Excluded and Reserved Assets
8
 
2.4
Effective Time
10
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 3 PURCHASE PRICE
10
 
3.1
Purchase Price
10
 
3.2
Adjustments to Purchase Price
11
 
3.3
Allocated Values
13
 
3.4
Valuation
13
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 4 DUE DILIGENCE INSPECTION
13
 
4.1
Due Diligence
13
 
4.2
Records
13
 
4.3
No Representation or Warranty
13
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 5 TITLE MATTERS
14
 
5.1
Defensible Title
14
 
5.2
Permitted Encumbrances
15
 
5.3
Notice of Title Defects
18
 
5.4
Defect Adjustments and Deductibles; Interest Additions
19
 
5.5
Post-Closing Cure of Title Defects
20
 
5.6
Post-Closing Determination of Title Defects
21
 
5.7
Changes in Product Prices; Wells or Other Events
21
 
5.8
Consents
22
 
5.9
Preferential Purchase Rights
23
 
5.10
Casualty Loss
23
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS   24
 
6.1
NORM and Asbestos
24
  6.2 Environmental Assessment 24
  6.3 Adjustments for Environmental Defects 24
  6.4 As Is, Where Is” Purchase 26
 
ARTICLE 7 SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   26
  7.1 Existence 26
  7.2 Power and Authority 26
  7.3 Authorization 26
  7.4 Execution and Delivery 26
  7.5 Foreign Person 27
 
 
 
ii

 
 
 
7.6
Bankruptcy
27
 
7.7
Liabilities for Brokers’ Fees
27
 
7.8
Liens
27
 
7.9
Taxes
27
 
7.10
Litigation and Claims
27
 
7.11
Compliance with Laws
27
 
7.12
Governmental Licenses
28
 
7.13
No Notice of Violation from Governmental Agencies
28
 
7.14
Material Agreements; Notice of Defaults
28
 
7.15
Production Sales Contracts
29
 
7.16
Current Plugging Obligations
29
 
7.17
Imbalances
29
 
7.18
Suspense Accounts
29
 
7.19
Preferential Purchase Rights
29
 
7.20
AFEs
29
 
7.21
Investment Representations
29
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 8 BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
30
 
8.1
Existence
30
 
8.2
Power and Authority
30
 
8.3
Authorization
30
 
8.4
Execution and Delivery
31
 
8.5
Bankruptcy
31
 
8.6
Liabilities for Brokers’ Fees
31
 
8.7
Litigation and Claims
31
 
8.8
Independent Evaluation
31
 
8.9
Qualification
32
 
8.10
Financial Resources
32
 
8.11
NYSE MKT Listing
32
 
8.12
Issuance of Stock Consideration
32
 
8.13
Issuance of Stock Consideration
32
 
8.14
Capitalization
32
 
8.15
Regulatory Matters; Reports
33
 
8.16
Financial Statements
33
  8.17 Undisclosed Liabilities 32
  8.18 No Buyer Material Adverse Condition 33
 
ARTICLE 9 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS   34
  9.1 Covenants and Agreements 34
 
ARTICLE 10 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING   39
  10.1 Sellers’ Conditions 39
  10.2 Buyer’s Conditions 40
 
ARTICLE 11 RIGHT OF TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT   41
  11.1 Termination 41
  11.2 Liabilities Upon Termination 41
 
 
 
 
 
 
iii
 
 
ARTICLE 12 CLOSING  
42
 
12.1
Date of Closing
42
 
12.2
Closing Obligations
42
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 13 POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS
43
 
13.1
Post-Closing Adjustments
43
 
13.2
Determination of Final Settlement Statement Disputes
44
 
13.3
Records
44
 
13.4
Suspense Accounts
44
 
13.5
Removal of Name
44
 
13.6
Further Assurances
44
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 14 TAXES  
45
 
14.1
Apportionment of Taxes
45
 
14.2
Transfer Taxes
45
 
14.3
Tax Reports and Returns
45
 
14.4
Like-Kind Exchange
46
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 15 ASSUMPTION AND RETENTION OF OBLIGATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION  
46
 
15.1
Buyer’s Assumption of Liabilities and Obligations
46
 
15.2
Indemnification
47
 
15.3
Procedure
50
 
15.4
No Insurance; Subrogation
51
 
15.5
Reservation as to Non-Parties
51
 
15.6
Exclusive Remedy
51
 
15.7
Waiver of Right to Rescission
51
 
15.8
Mutual Releases
51
 
15.9
Anti-Indemnity Statute Limitation
52
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 16 MISCELLANEOUS  
52
 
16.1
Exhibits and Schedules
52
 
16.2
Expenses
52
 
16.3
Notices
52
 
16.4
Entire Agreement
53
  16.5 Amendments and Waivers 53
  16.6 Assignment 53
  16.7 Confidentiality 53
  16.8 Press Releases 53
  16.9 Counterparts 54
  16.10 Headings, References, Titles and Construction 54
  16.11 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue 54
  16.12 Binding Effect 54
  16.13 Survival 54
  16.14 No Third-Party Beneficiaries 55
  16.15 Severability 55
  16.16 Knowledge and Reasonable and Good Faith Efforts 55
 
 
iii

 
  16.17 Disclaimers 55
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


iv


SCHEDULES

Disclosure Schedule
Schedule 1.1 
Sellers’ Shares
Schedule 3.2(a)(iii) 
Wells Not Completed as of Effective Time
Schedule 9.1(p) 
Financial Statement Information Indemnification and Contribution
Schedule 16.16 
Persons With Knowledge
                                                                     
                                      
                                  
EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit
Description
A
Leases, Lands and WI and NRI on Seller by Seller Basis in each Governmental Quarter-Quarter Section Covered by each Lease
B
Wells and WI and NRI
C
Material Agreements
D
Pipeline and Gathering Systems
E
Yards - Fee and Leased Surface
F-1
Allocated Value of Leases on Governmental Quarter-Quarter Section Basis
F-2
Allocated Value of Wells
G
Form of Assignment, Bill of Sale and Conveyance
H
I
Form of Non-Foreign Status Certificate
Form of Escrow Agreement
 
 
 
 
 
The Company will furnish supplementally to the Commission a copy of any exhibit to this Agreement
 
 
v

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
This PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated October 29, 2014 (the " Execution Date "), is by and between Bayswater Exploration & Production, LLC , a Colorado limited liability company (“ Bayswater ”), Bayswater Blenheim Holdings, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Blenheim Holdings ”) , and Bayswater Blenheim Holdings II, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Blenheim Holdings II ”) (individually a “ Seller ” and collectively the “ Sellers ”), 730 17 th Street, suite 610, Denver, Colorado 80202, and Synergy Resources Corporation , a Colorado corporation (“ Buyer ”), 20203 Hwy 60, Platteville, CO 80651.  Sellers and Buyer are individually referred to as a “ Party ” and collectively, the “ Parties ”.
RECITALS
Sellers own and desire to sell, and Buyer desires to purchase, all of Sellers’ interests in certain oil and gas leases, wells and related assets that constitute the Assets, as more fully described and defined in Section 2.2, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Sellers and Buyer agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINED TERMS
 
1.1              General Definitions . As used herein the following terms shall have the indicated meaning:
 
AFE ” is defined in Section 7.20.
Affiliate ” of any designated Person means any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by or is under common control with, such designated Person; for purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided that the Affiliates of Bayswater Blenheim Holdings LLC shall be limited to Blenheim Natural Resources Fund, LLC and the Affiliates of Bayswater Blenheim Holdings II, LLC shall be limited to Blenheim Elgin Natural Resources Fund II, LLC.
Allocated Properties ” is defined in Section 3.3.
Allocated Property ” is defined in Section 3.3.
Allocated Value ” is defined in Section 3.3.
 
 

 
" Anadarko Wells " is defined as the following wells: Highway 160 38N-2HZ; Highway 160 37N-2HZ; Highway 160 15N-2HZ; Highway 160 16C-2HZ; Highway 160 15C-2HZ; Badding 14N-2HZ; Badding 34N-2HZ; Badding 35N-2HZ; Badding 13C-2HZ; D&C Farms 34N-33HZ, NRC 1N-4HZ, NRC 26C-4HZ,  NRC 27C-4HZ, NRC 27N-4HZ, NRC 28N-4HZ  NRC 2C-4HZ, NRC 3C-4HZ, which wells are operated by Kerr-McGee Oil & Gas Onshore LP.
" Anadarko Cap-Ex " is defined as all capital expenses attributable to Anadarko Wells incurred by Sellers as of the Closing Date, including expenses in connection with permitting, locating, staking, constructing roads and drill pads, and drilling and completing wells, but excluding all Property Expenses other than capital expenses attributable to Anadarko Wells.
Assets ” is defined in Section 2.2.
Assumed Environmental Liabilities ” is defined in Section 15.1(a).
Assumed Liabilities ” is defined in Section 15.1(c).
Assumed Plugging and Abandonment Obligations ” is defined in Section 15.1(b).
Background Materials ” is defined in Section 8.8.
BLM ” means the United States Bureau of Land Management.
Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which national banks are allowed by the Federal Reserve to be closed.
Buyer Indemnified Parties ” is defined in Section 15.2(a).
Buyer Material Adverse Condition ” is defined in Section 8.18.
Buyer SEC Documents ” is defined in Section 8.15.
Cash Consideration ” is defined in Section 3.1.
Casualty Loss ” is defined in Section 5.10.
Claim ” is defined in Section 15.3(c).
Claim Notice ” is defined in Section 15.3(b).
Closing ” is defined in Section 12.1.
Closing Amount ” is defined in Section 3.2.
Closing Date ” is defined in Section 12.1.
Commission ” means the Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission.
Common Stock ” is defined in Section 3.1
 
2

CPR ” means the Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution.
Defect Notice Deadline ” means 5:00 p.m., MST, on December 8, 2014.
Defensible Title ” is defined in Section 5.1(a).
Deposit ” is defined in Section 3.1.
Due Diligence Review ” is defined in Section 4.1.
Effective Time ” is defined in Section 2.4.
Environmental Assessment ” is defined in Section 6.2.
Environmental Defect ” means a condition existing as of the Effective Time in, on or under the Assets (including air, land, soil, surface and subsurface strata, surface water, ground water, or sediments) that (i) causes any portion of the Assets to be in violation of an Environmental Law or (ii) can reasonably be expected to require Remediation under applicable Environmental Laws; provided, however, the following shall not constitute an Environmental Defect: (A) asbestos and NORM-contaminated pipe, tubing, wellheads and facilities, or (B) any flaring of natural gas.
Environmental Defect Adjustment ” is defined in Section 6.3(b)(iii).
Environmental Defect Deductible Amount ” means an amount equal to 2% of the Purchase Price.
Environmental Defect Exclusion ” is defined in Section 6.3(b)(ii).
Environmental Defect Threshold ” means $50,000.
Environmental Defect Value ” is defined in Section 6.3(b)(ii).
Environmental Law ” means any statute, rule, regulation, code or order, issued by any federal, state, or local governmental entity in effect on or before the Effective Time relating to the protection of the environment or the release or disposal of waste materials, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et   seq. ), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et   seq. ), the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 466 et   seq. ), the Safe Drinking Water Act (14 U.S.C. §§ 1401-1450), the Oil Pollution Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 2702-2761), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et   seq. ), the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act (U.S.C. 42 §§ 301-313), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. §§ 1801 et   seq. ), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. §§ 2601-2629), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 7401 et   seq. ) as amended, the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 and all other federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and orders relating to reclamation of land, wetlands and waterways or relating to use, storage, emissions, discharges, cleanup, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances on or into the workplace or the environment (including ambient air, waterways, wetlands, surface water, ground water (tributary and non-tributary), land surface or subsurface strata) or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic, hazardous or similar substances.
 
3

Escrow Agent ” means the KeyBank.
Escrow Agreement ” means an escrow agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto.
Execution Date ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement..
Execution Date Stock Value ” is defined in Section 3.4.
Exchange Act ” is defined in Section 9.1.
Excluded Assets ” is defined in Section 2.3.
Existing Sellers Claims ” is defined in Section 7.9.
Final Purchase Price ” is defined in Section 13.1.
Final Settlement Date ” is defined in Section 13.1.
Final Settlement Statement ” is defined in Section 13.1.
GAAP ” is defined in Section 8.17.
Hydrocarbons ” means all oil, gas, natural gas liquids and other hydrocarbons and products produced in association therewith.
Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 15.3(b).
Indemnifying Party ” is defined in Section 15.3(b).
Information ” is defined in Section 9.1(g).
Interest Addition ” is defined in Section 5.4(e).
Lands ” is defined in Section 2.2(a).
Leases ” is defined in Section 2.2(a).
Losses ” means all losses, costs, expenses (including court costs, reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, technical experts and expert witnesses and the costs of investigation), liabilities, damages, demands, suits, claims, causes of action, judgments, and sanctions of every kind and character (including civil fines) arising from, related to or reasonably incident to matters indemnified against; excluding, however, income taxes and any special, consequential, incidental, punitive or exemplary damages, loss of profits incurred by a Party hereto or losses incurred as a result of the Indemnified Party contractually or otherwise indemnifying a third party.
 
4

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the ownership, operation or value of the Assets, taken as a whole; provided, however , that “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include (i) any effect resulting from entering into this Agreement or the announcement of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) any effect resulting from changes in general market, economic, financial or political conditions or any outbreak of hostilities or war, (iii) any effect that affects the Hydrocarbon exploration, production, development, processing, gathering or transportation industry generally (including changes in commodity prices or general market prices in the Hydrocarbon exploration, production, development, processing, gathering or transportation industry generally), and (iv) any effect resulting from a change in laws or regulatory policies.
Material Agreements ” is defined in Section 2.2(d).
Net Casualty Loss ” is defined in Section 5.10.
NORM ” means Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material.
Notice of Title Defects ” is defined in Section 5.3.
NRI ” is defined in Section 5.1.
Permitted Encumbrances ” is defined in Section 5.2.
Person ” means any natural person, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, proprietorship or other entity, organization or association of any kind and shall include all governmental authorities.
Preliminary Settlement Statement ” is defined in Section 3.2.
Property Expenses ” means all capital expenses, joint interest billings, lease operating expenses, lease rentals, minimum royalties and shut-in payments, drilling expenses, workover expenses, geological and any other exploration or development expenditures chargeable under applicable operating agreements or state law (or, if there is no applicable operating agreement with respect to Assets not operated by Sellers, that are charged by the operator of the Assets), or other agreements consistent with the standards established by the Council of Petroleum Accountant Societies of North America, that are attributable to the operation of the Assets during the period in question; provided that Property Expenses shall not include Royalties, Taxes or income taxes.
Purchase Price ” is defined in Section 3.1.
Records ” is defined in Section 2.2(j).
 
5

Remediation ” and “ Remediate ” mean actions taken to correct an Environmental Defect.  “ Remediated ,” with respect to a portion of the Assets, shall mean that Remediation has been completed with respect to that portion of the Assets.
Royalties ” means all royalties, overriding royalties, net profits interests, production payments or similar payment burdens.
SEC ” is defined in Section 7.21.
Securities Act ” is defined in Section 7.21.
Sellers Indemnified Parties ” is defined in Section 15.2(b).
Seller’s Share ” means, with respect to a Seller, that percentage set forth in Schedule 1.1 attached hereto which represents such Seller’s share of the cumulative Allocated Values of the Assets.  If there are Purchase Price adjustments or Asset exclusions for Title Defects or Environmental Defects, then Schedule 1.1 shall be amended and restated accordingly by Sellers to reflect such adjustments, Sellers shall furnish such amended and restated Schedule 1.1 to Buyer and Schedule 1.1 shall be deemed to be replaced by such amended and restated Schedule 1.1 .
Stock Consideration ” is defined in Section 3.1.
Taxes ” is defined in Section 14.1.
Target Interval ” means the interval from the top of the geologic formation known as the Niobrara formation to the base of the geologic formation known as the Codell formation as found at the location of the applicable Allocated Property-.
Title Defect ” means any encumbrance, encroachment, irregularity, defect in or objection to the real property title of Sellers to an Allocated Property, that alone or in combination with other defects renders title to such Allocated Property less than Defensible Title.
Title Defect Adjustment ” is defined in Section 5.4(d).
Title Defect Deductible Amount ” means an amount equal to 2% of the Purchase Price.
Title Defect Exclusion ” is defined in Section 5.4(c).
Title Defect Threshold ” means $50,000.
Title Defect Value ” is defined in Section 5.3.
Transfer Taxes ” means any sales, use, excise, stock, stamp, documentary, filing, recording, registration, authorization and similar taxes, fees and charges, but not including any income taxes.
Wells ” is defined in Section 2.2(c).
 
6

WI ” is defined in Section 5.1.
1.2              Amendment of Defined Instruments .  Unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise provided herein, references in this Agreement to a particular agreement, instrument or document also refer to and include all renewals, extensions, amendments, modifications, supplements or restatements of any such agreement, instrument or document.
 
ARTICLE 2
PURCHASE AND SALE
2.1              Purchase and Sale .  Sellers agree to sell and convey to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase and receive from Sellers, the Assets, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
2.2              Assets .  “ Assets ” means all of Sellers’ right, title and interest in and to the following real and personal property interests, excluding the Excluded Assets:
 
a. The oil and gas leases described on Exhibit A (the “Leases”), insofar as the Leases cover the lands described in Exhibit A, and all other lands covered by the Leases whether or not described in Exhibit A, (the “Lands”), and all royalty, overriding royalty, net profits and other interests in the Lands.
 
b. All rights that are derived under or from the Leases in existing and effective unitization, voluntary pooling and communitization agreements, pooling declarations and pooling orders covering any of the Lands.
 
c. All oil and gas wells, injection wells, disposal wells and other wells now or hereafter located on the Lands or lands pooled or unitized therewith, including the oil and gas wells specifically described on Exhibit B, whether producing or non-producing, (the “Wells”), and (ii) all Hydrocarbons that may be produced from the Wells after the Effective Time.
 
d. To the extent transferable, (i) all Hydrocarbon sales, purchase, gathering, compression, treating, transportation, storage and processing agreements listed in Exhibit C, insofar and only insofar as they cover or relate to the interests described in Section 2.2(a), 2.2(b) or 2.2(c), and (ii) all other contracts, operating agreements, balancing agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, farmout agreements and other contracts, agreements and instruments insofar and only insofar as they cover or relate to the interests described in Section 2.2(a), 2.2(b) or 2.2(c) (including the agreements described on Exhibit C, (the “Material Agreements”)), excluding any insurance contracts.
 
e. To the extent transferable all permits, licenses, approvals, servitudes, rights-of-way, easements, surface use agreements, and other surface rights, that are used or held primarily for use in connection with the operation of the Wells or Lands (or lands pooled, communitized or unitized therewith).
 
7

 
f. To the extent transferable all personal property, equipment, machinery, fixtures and improvements, operational or nonoperational, known or unknown, located on the Lands (or lands pooled, communitized or unitized therewith), including pipelines, gathering systems (including the pipelines and gathering systems described in Exhibit D), manifolds, well equipment, casing, tubing, pumps, motors, compression equipment, flow lines, processing and separation facilities, pads, and structures that, as of the date of this Agreement, are located on the Lands (or lands pooled, communitized or unitized therewith), and that are used or held for use primarily in connection with the operation of the Wells or Lands (or lands pooled, communitized or unitized therewith).
 
g. The fee surface property, and the surface leases, described in Exhibit E, covering the lands described in Exhibit E, used for Sellers yards for operation of the interests described in Sections 2.1(a), (b) and (c).
 
h. All pipes, tubulars, fittings, and other materials used or specifically held for use as operating inventory in connection with the operation of the Wells.
 
i. All logs, well files, production data and licensed seismic data relating to the interests described in Sections 2.2(a), 2.2(b) and 2.2(c), but excluding all data and information that is (i) subject to unaffiliated third party contractual restrictions on disclosure or transfer, (ii) subject to a transfer fee, unless Buyer agrees in writing to pay such transfer fee and execute associated master service or other agreements required for transfer, and (iii) interpretative data.
 
j. All of the files, records, land surveys, data and information relating to the items described in Sections 2.2(a) through 2.2(h) maintained by or in the possession of Sellers (such copies are herein called the “Records”), including accounting files, lease files, land contract files, well files, Hydrocarbon sales contract files, gas gathering, compression, treating, transportation, storage and processing files, division order files, abstracts, and title opinions.
 
2.3              Excluded and Reserved Assets .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assets and Records shall not include, and there is excepted, reserved and excluded from the sale contemplated hereby the following (the “ Excluded Assets ”):
 
a. any accounts receivable accruing or attributable to the period before the Effective Time;
 
b. all Hydrocarbons from or attributable to the Assets with respect to all periods prior to the Effective Time and all proceeds attributable thereto;
 
c. any refund of, or loss carry forwards or credits with respect to, costs, taxes or expenses borne by Sellers or Sellers’ predecessors in title attributable to the period prior to the Effective Time;
 
d. any and all proceeds from the settlements of contract disputes with purchasers of Hydrocarbons from the Assets, including settlement of disputes, insofar as said proceeds are attributable to periods of time prior to the Effective Time;
 
 
8

e. the right to exercise any audit rights under operating agreements or other agreements or state law with respect to periods prior to the Effective Time (and Buyer will cooperate with Sellers to facilitate Sellers’ exercise of such rights);
 
f. any claims against third parties related to matters for which Sellers indemnify Buyer under Section 15.2(a);
 
g. all communications towers and equipment owned or operated by Sellers and related communications licenses granted by the Federal Communications Commission or other governmental body;
 
h. all titled vehicles and other rolling stock;
 
i. all communications and work-product covered by the attorney-client or attorney work-product privileges;
 
j. all seismic, geophysical, geochemical, and interpretative data and information, except for the seismic data described in Section 2.2(i) that will be transferred to Buyer;
 
k. (i) all corporate, financial, tax and legal data and records of Sellers that relate to Sellers’ businesses generally, (ii) any data and records to the extent disclosure or transfer is prohibited or subjected to payment of a fee or other consideration by any license agreement or other agreement with a Person other than Affiliates of Sellers, or by applicable law, and for which no consent to transfer has been received or for which Buyer has not agreed in writing to pay the fee or other consideration, as applicable, (iii) any data and records relating to the sale of the Assets, including bids received from, and records relating to Sellers’ negotiations with, Buyer or with Persons other than Buyer, (iv) any data and records constituting or relating to the Excluded Assets and (v) employee information, internal valuation data, business plans, business studies, transaction proposals and related correspondence, and similar records and information;
 
l. Sellers’ intellectual property used in determining whether to participate in the development or operation of the Assets, including proprietary computer software, computer software licensed from third parties, patents, pending patent applications, trade secrets, copyrights, names, marks and logos;
 
m. Sellers’ right, title and interest in easements, rights-of-way, licenses, permits, servitudes, surface leases, surface use agreements, and similar rights, obligations and interests, to the extent they are attributable and allocable to rights and interests retained by Sellers;
 
n. all deposits, cash, checks in process of collection, cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable and other funds attributable to any periods before the Effective Time, and security or other deposits made with third parties prior to the Effective Time;
 
9

 
o. all swap, futures, or derivative contracts backed by or related to Hydrocarbons produced from the Assets;
 
p. any equipment, materials, spare parts, tools and other personal property that may have been previously used on the Leases, but that are presently stored or warehoused at a Seller’s or third party site not located on the Assets; and
 
q. all reserve reports prepared by Sellers or their consultants, and all reserve reporting and classification information and supporting materials with respect to Sellers’ determination or reporting of their reserves, other than the information furnished to Buyer as part of the sale package materials or presentations by Sellers.
 
2.4              Effective Time .  The purchase and sale of the Assets shall be effective as of October 1, 2014, at 12:01 a.m., at the location of the applicable Assets (the “ Effective Time ”).
 
 
ARTICLE 3
PURCHASE PRICE
 
3.1              Purchase Price .  The base consideration paid by Buyer to Sellers for the Assets shall be $125,000,000 (the “ Purchase Price ”) comprised of (i) $87,500,000 in cash (the “ Cash Consideration ”) and (ii) 3,485,131 shares of Buyer common stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to Buyer common stock), par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”) (which, when calculated in accordance with Section 3.4, has an aggregate value of $37,500,000 (the “ Stock Consideration ”); provided, however, if as of the Closing Date the Stock Consideration would constitute 5% or more of Buyer’s outstanding Common Stock, then the Stock Consideration sall be reduced such that the Stock Consideration constitutes less than 5% of Buyer’s outstanding Common Stock and the Cash Consideration shall in correspondingly increases.  The Purchase Price shall be paid by Buyer to Sellers as follows:
 
a. upon execution hereof, an amount equal to $6,250,000 by means of a completed federal funds wire transfer as an earnest money deposit (the “Deposit”) which shall be wired to and held by the Escrow Agent in accordance herewith and the terms of the Escrow Agreement; and
 
b. at Closing, the Closing Amount, which shall be comprised of (i) the Cash Consideration by wire transfer of immediately available funds less the Deposit, and (ii) issuance to Sellers of the Stock Consideration.
The Deposit, together with interest thereon, shall be distributed to Sellers and credited to the Purchase Price at Closing, or if this Agreement is terminated, shall be distributed or retained pursuant to Section 11.2.  Sellers shall notify Buyer of the account or accounts for the payment of the Purchase Price at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.  The Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Sellers as set forth in Schedule 1.1 .  Escrow fees charged by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement shall be paid one-half by Sellers and one-half by Buyer.
 
10

3.2              Adjustments to Purchase Price .  The Purchase Price shall be adjusted according to this Section without duplication.  For all adjustments known or capable of reasonable estimation as of Closing, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted at Closing pursuant to a “ Preliminary Settlement Statement .”  A draft of the Preliminary Settlement Statement will be prepared by Sellers using the best information available and provided to Buyer five Business Days prior to Closing.  Buyer shall propose any changes it desires to make to the Preliminary Settlement Statement furnished by Sellers within three Business Days after receipt thereof.  The Parties shall attempt to agree upon any such changes but if they do not agree, the Preliminary Settlement Statement as prepared by Sellers shall control, subject to post-Closing review and adjustment as provided in Sections 13.1 and 13.2.  The Preliminary Settlement Statement shall set forth the Purchase Price as adjusted as provided in this Article, which amount, less the Deposit, shall be paid at Closing and is referred to as the “ Closing Amount .”  The Closing Amount shall be paid at Closing as detailed in Section 3.1 and the Parties will instruct the Escrow Agent to pay all amounts in the Escrow Account (other than any amounts paid into the Escrow Account pursuant to Section 5.4(b)(i) or 6.3(b)(ii)), to Sellers to such accounts as directed by Sellers.  Following Closing, any cash received by Sellers applicable to post-Effective Time production of Hydrocarbons from the Assets will be paid to Buyer net of Royalties, Ta xes paid or withheld for subsequent payment by Sellers on behalf of Buyer , within 30 days after receipt thereof, and any cash received by Buyer applicable to pre-Effective Time production of Hydrocarbons from the Assets will be paid to Sellers within 30 days after receipt thereof.  After Closing, final adjustments to the Purchase Price shall only be made pursuant to the Final Settlement Statement to be delivered pursuant to Section 13.1.  Adjustments to the Purchase Price resulting from Title Defect Exclusions and Title Defect Adjustments and Environmental Defect Adjustments and Environmental Defect Exclusions shall be to either the Cash Consideration or Stock Consideration, at the election of Sellers pursuant to Sections 5.4(e) or 6.3(b)(iv), respectively.  All other adjustments to the Purchase Price made in accordance with this Agreement shall be adjustments to the Cash Consideration.
 
a.   Upward Adjustments .  The Purchase Price shall be adjusted upward by the following, without duplication:
 
(i) the amount of all Property Expenses (including all prepaid Property Expenses) attributable to the Assets after the Effective Time and paid by Sellers (and an amount equal to the overhead chargeable under operating agreements where a Seller or an Affiliate of Seller is the operator even though overhead may not have historically been charged or paid), and the amount of all Royalties, Taxes attributable to Hydrocarbons produced from the Assets after the Effective Time and paid by Seller;
 
(ii) the proceeds of production of Hydrocarbons attributable to the Assets occurring before the Effective Time and received by Buyer plus an amount equal to all Hydrocarbons attributable to the Assets that, at the Effective Time, are owned by Sellers and are in storage above the load line connection to the storage tanks multiplied by the price for which production from the Assets was sold immediately prior to the Effective Time, (net of all Royalties, Taxes; provided that to the extent such a netting is made, Buyer shall assume the obligation to pay the netted amounts to the Persons to whom such amounts are due);
 
11

(iii) expenses and capital costs incurred by Sellers attributable to permitting, locating, staking, constructing roads and drill pads, and drilling and completing wells, and other expenses and costs, whether incurred before or after the Effective Time, that are attributable to wells located on the Assets the actual drilling or completion of which is completed after the Effective Time, including those wells listed on Schedule 3.2(a)(iii), provided the Anadarko Cap-Ex shall be the responsibility of Sellers and shall not be included in any upward adjustment calculation;
 
(iv) amounts owed by Buyer to Seller under Article 14;
 
(v) an amount equal to the sum of the Interest Additions; and
 
(vi) an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock in the Stock Consideration multiplied by the per share dividend of cash or other assets with respect to any dividend of Buyer for which the record date for determining which stockholder is entitled to receive such dividend occurs on or after the Execution Date and on or before the Closing Date (or, if later, the date that Buyer becomes the record owner of the Common Stock included in the Stock Consideration).
 
b.   Downward Adjustments .  The Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward by the following, without duplication:
 
(i) the proceeds of production of Hydrocarbons attributable to the Assets occurring on or after the Effective Time and received by Sellers (net of all Royalties, Taxes to be paid by Sellers on behalf of Buyer under this Agreement);
 
(ii) the amount of all pre-Effective Time Property Expenses attributable to the Assets and paid by Buyer, and all Royalties, Taxes attributable to Hydrocarbons produced from the Assets prior to the Effective Time and paid by Buyer, subject to Article 14 and Section 15.2;
 
(iii) an amount equal to the sum of the Title Defect Adjustment and all Title Defect Exclusions;
 
(iv) an amount equal to the sum of the Environmental Defect Adjustment and all Environmental Defect Exclusions;
 
(v) the amount of any Net Casualty Loss under Section 5.10;
 
(vi) amounts owed by Sellers to Buyer under Article 14; and
 
(vii) the amounts held by Sellers in suspense accounts described in Section 13.4.
 
c. Imbalance Adjustments.  Sellers and Buyer agree that the Purchase Price will be adjusted downward or upward, as appropriate, by an amount equal to any wellhead production imbalances in MCF, existing as of the Effective Time, multiplied by $[4.00] per MCF.  Sellers will retain all pipeline and transportation imbalances attributable to pipeline shipments of Hydrocarbons produced from the Assets during Sellers’ period of ownership prior to the Effective Time as provided in Section 15.2(a)(v).
 
12

3.3              Allocated Values .  The Purchase Price is allocated (i) on a governmental quarter-quarter section by quarter-section basis, aggregating the interests in all Leases that cover a quarter-quarter section, as set forth on Exhibit F-1 , with all such value being attributable to the Target Interval, and (ii) the Wells described in Exhibit B , as set forth on Exhibit F-2 , with all such value being attributable to the intervals open to production in such Well as of the Effective Time.  Each Well, and each governmental quarter-quarter section covered by one or more Leases, to which a value is separately allocated on Exhibit F-1 or F-2 is herein called an “ Allocated Property ” (and two or more such properties are herein called “ Allocated Properties ”) and such separate value is herein called the “ Allocated Value ” of such Allocated Property.
 
3.4              Valuation .  For purposes of determining the number of shares of restricted common stock of Buyer comprising the Stock Consideration, the value has been calculated as the average closing price per share as posted by the NYSE:MKT for a period twenty (20) trading days immediately preceding the Execution Date (being $10.76, the “ Execution Date Stock Value ”).
 
ARTICLE 4
DUE DILIGENCE INSPECTION
 
4.1              Due Diligence .  Sellers shall make the Records available to Buyer and its representatives for inspection and review to permit Buyer to perform its due diligence review (“ Due Diligence Review ”) as hereinafter provided.
 
4.2              Records .  The Records will be made available for Buyer’s inspection through Closing.  Buyer may inspect the Records and other Assets and such additional information only to the extent that it may do so without violating any obligation of confidence or contractual commitment of Sellers to a third party.
 
4.3              No Representation or Warranty .  Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, Sellers do not make any warranty or representation of any kind as to the accuracy, completeness or materiality of any Records or any information contained therein.  Buyer agrees that any conclusions drawn from the Records shall be the result of its own independent review and judgment.
 
13

ARTICLE 5
TITLE MATTERS
 
5.1              Defensible Title .
 
a.     The term “Defensible Title” means, with respect to a Well that is described in Exhibit B, such title of Sellers in and to such Well, derived through Sellers’ interest in the Leases, and production therefrom that, subject to and except for the Permitted Encumbrances:
 
(i) entitles Sellers to receive not less than the net revenue interest or net revenue interests (“NRI”) described in Exhibit B of production from such Well throughout the productive life of such Well (except as such NRI may be reduced from time to time due to the exercise, after the Execution Date, of non-consent rights under applicable spacing units or under applicable operating and similar agreements or applicable state law) (for clarity, the WI and NRI of each Sellers in each Well is set forth in Exhibit B and the interests of Sellers, collectively, in the Well constitutes the Allocated Property);
 
(ii) obligates Sellers to bear costs and expenses relating to such Well in an amount not greater than the working interest or working interests (“WI”) described in Exhibit B, without a corresponding increase in the NRI, through the plugging and abandonment of such Well (except as such WI may be reduced from time to time due to the exercise, after the Execution Date, of non-consent rights under applicable spacing units or under applicable operating and similar agreements or applicable state law); and
 
(iii) is free and clear of any and all liens (including liens for delinquent Taxes), encumbrances, mortgages, claims and production payments and any defects or irregularities that would impair use or enjoyment of, or result in a loss of interest in, such Well.
 
b.   The term “Defensible Title” means, with respect to each governmental quarter-quarter section covered by a Lease, such title of Sellers in and to the Lease insofar as it covers such tract that, subject to and except for the Permitted Encumbrances:
 
(i) entitles Sellers to receive not less than the NRI described in Exhibit A share of production allocated to such Lease insofar as it covers such tract (except as such NRI may be reduced from time to time due to the exercise, after the Execution Date, of non-consent rights under applicable operating and similar agreements or applicable state law) (for clarity, the WI and NRI of each Sellers in each such tract in each Lease is set forth in Exhibit A and the interests of Sellers, collectively, in the Lease constitutes the Allocated Property);
 
(ii) obligates Sellers to bear costs and expenses allocated to such Lease insofar as it covers such tract in an amount not greater than the WI described in Exhibit A, without a corresponding increase in the NRI (except as such WI may be reduced from time to time due to the exercise, after the Execution Date, of non-consent rights under applicable operating and similar agreements or applicable state law); and
 
14

(iii) is free and clear of any and all liens (including liens for delinquent Taxes), encumbrances, mortgages, claims and production payments and any defects or irregularities that would impair use or enjoyment of, or result in a loss of interest in, such Lease insofar as it covers such tract.
 
The Parties agree and acknowledge that there is no assurance the Leases will be spaced or pooled in any particular configuration.
 
5.2            Permitted Encumbrances .  The term “ Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean:
 
a. Royalties if the net cumulative effect thereof does not operate to reduce the NRIs below those set forth on Exhibits A or B ;
 
b. lack of established spacing units, pooling orders or voluntary pooling declarations, or changes after the Effective Time in the WI or NRI for any Allocated Property based on a change in any unit, participating area, communitized area, spacing unit, tract allocation or other changes in pool, unit, participating area, communitized area or spacing unit participation, including changes resulting from amendments and modifications to any unit, participating area, communitized area, spacing unit, pooling orders or voluntary pooling declarations, and tract allocations thereunder;
 
c. (i) with respect to a Well, lack of pooling or communitization agreements and lack of Commission approval of a spacing unit for a Well if Sellers is being paid the NRI set forth on Exhibit B, and (ii) with respect to a Lease lack of spacing units or any change in the size or configuration of any spacing unit, and lack of pooling or communitization agreements;
 
d. any required third-party consents to assignment of Leases and contracts, and preferential purchase rights, all of which are handled exclusively under Sections 5.8 and 5.9;
 
e. liens for taxes or assessments not yet due or not yet delinquent or, if delinquent, that are being contested in good faith in the normal course of business (which contested matters are listed in Section 5.2 of the Disclosure Schedule);
 
f. all rights to consent by, required notices to, filings with, or other actions by federal, state, or local governmental entities in connection with the sale or conveyance of an Allocated Property if the same are customarily obtained subsequent to such sale or conveyance; and consent requirements arising under a farmout or similar agreement pursuant to which Sellers have already satisfied all conditions for earning any interests that constitute a part of the Assets and Sellers have received, or are due an assignment of, the earned interests under such agreement;
 
g. the terms, conditions, restrictions, exceptions, reservations, limitations, and other matters contained in (including any liens or security interests created by law or reserved in the Leases for Royalties, bonus or rental, or created to secure compliance with the terms of) the Leases (including the remaining term of any Lease) and the agreements described in Sections 2.2(d) and (e), or other terms in such instruments that create or reserve to Sellers their interest in the Assets; provided, that, such matters do not and will not operate to reduce the NRIs below those set forth on Exhibit A or B , or increase the WIs above those set forth on Exhibit A or B (except where there is a corresponding increase in the NRI, and except as such NRIs may be reduced, or such WIs may be increased, from time to time,  under non-consent provisions of applicable operating agreements or state law due to participation elections made after the Execution Date under applicable operating agreements or state law);
 
15

h. rights of reassignment, to the extent any exist as of the date of this Agreement, upon the surrender or expiration of any Lease;
 
i. easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, permits, surface leases and other rights with respect to surface operations, on, over or in respect of any Allocated Property or any restriction on access thereto and that do not materially interfere with the operation of the affected Allocated Property;
 
j. materialmen’s, mechanics’, repairmen’s, employees’, contractors’, operators’ or other similar liens or charges arising in the ordinary course of business incidental to construction, maintenance or operation of any Allocated Property:  (i) if they have not been filed pursuant to law and the time for filing them has expired, (ii) if filed, they have not yet become due and payable or payment is being withheld as provided by law, or (iii) if their validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate action (which contested matters are listed in Section 5.2 of the Disclosure Schedule);
 
k. rights reserved to or vested in any municipality or governmental, statutory or public authority to control or regulate any Allocated Property in any manner; any moratorium, prohibition or restriction on fracing or other operations; and all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of general applicability in the area;
 
l. liens arising under operating agreements, unitization and pooling agreements and production sales contracts securing amounts not yet due or, if due, being contested in good faith in the ordinary course of business (which contested matters are listed in Section 5.2 of the Disclosure Schedule);
 
m. lack of a division order or an operating agreement covering any Allocated Property (including portions of an Allocated Property that were formerly within a unit but which have been excluded from the unit as a result of a contraction of the unit) or failure to obtain waivers of maintenance of uniform interest, restriction on zone transfer or similar provisions in operating agreements with respect to assignments in Sellers’ chain of title to the Allocated Property unless there is an outstanding, unresolved claim from a third party with respect to the failure to obtain such waiver;
 
n. defects consisting of the mere failure to recite marital status in a document or omissions of heirship or probate proceedings unless Buyer provides affirmative evidence that the lack thereof has resulted in another Person’s actual and superior claim of title to the Allocated Property;
 
16

o. defects that result from the failure to demonstrate of record proper authority for execution by any Person on behalf of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other entity;
 
p. defects that have been cured by possession under applicable statutes of limitation for adverse possession or for prescription;
 
q. defects arising out of lack of survey, unless a survey is required by applicable laws or regulations;
 
r. liens that are released at or prior to Closing;
 
s. defects based on failure to record Leases issued by the BLM or the State of Colorado, or any assignments of record title or operating rights in such Leases, in the real property or other county records of the county in which an Allocated Property is located, provided such Leases or assignments were filed in the BLM or state offices; provided however, that this subparagraph shall not include defects arising from the existence of an assignment or other document filed in the county records where an Allocated Property is located that contradicts or diminishes the title of Sellers, as reflected by the instruments filed only in the BLM or applicable state records;
 
t. defects based on failure to file any assignments of record title or operating rights in Leases issued by the BLM, or the State of Colorado, in the records of the BLM, the land office of such state, provided such assignments are recorded in the county records where an Allocated Property and there is no assignment on file in the records of the BLM, or the land office of the State of Colorado that contradicts or diminishes the title of Sellers, as reflected by the instruments recorded in the county;
 
u. liens created under deeds of trust, mortgages and similar instruments by the lessor under a Lease covering the lessor’s surface or mineral interests in the land covered thereby;
 
v. any preference leasing right that may exist in favor of holders of rights-of-way across federal or state lands that burdened the lands prior to issuance of the applicable Lease;
 
w. defects related to gas balancing issues;
 
x. lack of rights-of-way for gathering or transportation pipelines or facilities;
 
y. such defects as are accepted by the purchasers of production from any Allocated Property in paying the proceeds of such production without suspense, subject only to customary division order warranties and indemnities in favor of such production purchaser;
 
17

z. such defects and irregularities as, individually or in the aggregate (i) do not interfere materially with the ownership, operation, value or use of any Allocated Property, (ii) could not reasonably be expected to prevent or delay Buyer from receiving the proceeds of production from any Allocated Property, or (iii) the cumulative effect of which does not and will not operate to reduce the NRIs below those set forth on Exhibit A or B , or increase the WIs above those set forth on Exhibit A or B (except where there is a corresponding increase in the NRI, and except as such NRIs may be reduced, or such WIs may be increased, from time to time under non-consent provisions of applicable operating agreements or state law due to participation elections made after the Execution Date under applicable operating agreements or state law);
 
aa. any defects that do not affect the marketability of the Assets pursuant to “Title Standards” published by the Colorado State Bar Association, as applicable;
 
bb. any election, or failure to elect, to consent or non-consent to any operation;
 
cc. any claim of ownership of the oil and gas fee estate by the owner of any railroad easement or railroad right-of-way;
 
dd. any defects arising from the failure to file an affidavit relating to the occurrence of a required contingency or expiration of an oil and gas lease for non-production;
 
ee. with respect to any Lease, any defects affecting any depths other than the Target Interval; and
 
ff. with respect to any Well, any defects affecting any depths other than intervals completed and open to production in such Well as of the Effective Time.
 
5.3              Notice of Title Defects .  Buyer shall give Sellers written notice of all Title Defects discovered by Buyer promptly upon discovery by delivering to Sellers a written “ Notice of Title Defects ” setting forth such Title Defects.  Buyer shall notify Sellers weekly of all Title Defects discovered by Buyer through the date of such notice and not previously noticed to Sellers.  The Notice of Title Defects shall (i) describe the Title Defect, (ii) describe the basis of the Title Defect, (iii) include copies of any title opinion, title memoranda and other documentation supporting the basis of the Title Defect, (iv) describe in general terms the curative action that Buyer reasonably anticipates would need to be taken in order to cure such Title Defect, and (v) describe Buyer’s good faith estimate of the reduction in the Allocated Property’s Allocated Value caused by the Title Defect, taking into consideration the nature of the Title Defect and the likelihood that such Title Defect may actually result in a claim against or loss of title (“ Title Defect Value ”) ( provided that the Title Defect Value, together with the aggregate Title Defect Values attributable to any other Title Defects affecting such Allocated Property, shall not exceed the lesser of the Allocated Property’s Allocated Value or the cost to cure the Title Defect, if the cost to cure is reasonably determinable) and associated calculations and documentation (for clarity, if a Title Defect affects a Well and affects a Lease, the Title Defect Value shall be determined separately with respect to the Well and the Lease and aggregated to determine the Title Defect Value of the Title Defect).  The final Notice of Title Defects shall be delivered on or before the Defect Notice Deadline.  Buyer will be deemed to have conclusively waived (A) any Title Defect about which it fails to notify Sellers in writing prior to the Defect Notice Deadline and (B) any Title Defect with respect to which the Title Defect Value is less than the Title Defect Threshold.
 
18

5.4            Defect Adjustments and Deductibles; Interest Additions .  Sellers shall proceed as follows with respect to an asserted Title Defect:
 
a. Sellers shall have the option until two Business Days prior to the Closing Date to cure any Title Defect affecting any Allocated Property that is timely identified under Section 5.3.
 
b. If a Title Defect timely asserted by Buyer affecting an Allocated Property is not cured or waived on or before two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Buyer and Sellers shall attempt in good faith to reach agreement, on or before Closing, on the existence of the Title Defect and the Title Defect Value, and, if they reach agreement, such Title Defect Value shall be included in determining the Title Defect Adjustment, if any, under Section 5.4(c).  In the event that Buyer and Sellers do not reach such an agreement by Closing, the subject Allocated Property shall be excluded from the Assets to be conveyed at Closing and the Purchase Price shall be reduced by the Allocated Value of the excluded Allocated Property (a “ Title Defect Exclusion ”)  and such Allocated Value shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent by Buyer at Closing pursuant to Section 5.4(e).
 
c. The “ Title Defect Adjustment ” shall be the amount, if any, by which (i) the aggregate amount of all Title Defect Values with respect to uncured and unwaived Title Defects affecting Allocated Properties that are not Title Defect Exclusions, less the aggregate amount of the value of all individual Interest Additions, exceeds (ii) the Title Defect Deductible Amount.  The Purchase Price shall be reduced pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(iii), in accordance with Sellers election under Section 5.4(e), by the Title Defect Exclusions and the Title Defect Adjustment.
 
d. If Buyer or Sellers discover any additional interests in an Allocated Property that are not listed in Exhibit A or B , including any interest that entitles Sellers to receive more than the NRI set forth in Exhibit A or B , or obligates Sellers to bear costs and expenses in an amount less than the WI set forth in Exhibit A or B (without a corresponding decrease in the NRI, and except as such NRIs may be increased, or such WIs may be decreased, from time to time under non-consent provisions of applicable operating agreement or state law due to participation elections made after the date hereof under applicable operating agreements or state law) (each an “Interest Addition”), the discovering Party shall promptly notify the other of such Interest Additions.  The Purchase Price shall be increased by the aggregate amount of the value of all Interest Additions ( less the amount thereof, if any, netted against the Title Defect Values under Section 5.4(c)(i)).  The Party who discovers Interest Additions shall give the other Party written notice of the Interest Additions as soon as possible, but in no event later than the Defect Notice Deadline.  This notice shall be in writing and shall include (i) a description of each Interest Addition, (ii) the basis for each Interest Addition, and supporting title opinions, title memoranda and other documentation with respect thereto, (iii) the Allocated Value of the Allocated Property affected by the Interest Addition, and (iv) the value of the Interest Addition or the amount by which the notifying Party believes the Allocated Value of the Allocated Property has been increased by the Interest Addition and the computations upon which such Party’s belief is based.  The value of the Interest Addition shall be determined by the Parties in good faith taking into account all relevant factors or, if the Parties are unable to agree on the existence or value of any Interest Addition, each Party shall have the right to seek judicial determination thereof subject to Section 16.11.
 
19

e. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 5, Sellers shall have the right to elect, at their sole discretion, whether any Purchase Price adjustments resulting from Title Defect Exclusions or Title Defect Adjustments under Section 5.4(c) shall be adjustments to the Cash Consideration or the Stock Consideration.  If Sellers elect that any such adjustment will be to the Cash Consideration, the adjustment at Closing under Section 3.2(b)(iii) shall be made to the Cash Consideration, and the Title Defect Value under Section 5.4(b), if applicable, shall be paid into the Escrow Account in cash by wire transfer.  If Sellers elect that any such adjustment will be to the Stock Consideration, the adjustment under Section 3.2(b)(iii) shall be to the number of shares of Common Stock delivered at Closing as the Stock Consideration, and Common Stock shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent under 5.4(b), if applicable, and the Parties will amend the Escrow Agreement if necessary to accommodate the Escrow Agent holding such stock.  The number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered to the Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 5.4(b) shall be determined by the Allocated Value of the Title Defect Exclusion(s) or Title Defect Value of the Title Defect(s), as applicable, divided by the  per share Execution Date Stock Value.  Sellers election under this Section 5.4(e) shall be set forth in the Preliminary Settlement Statement.
 
5.5              Post-Closing Cure of Title Defects .  In the event that the Title Defect giving rise to the exclusion of an Allocated Property from this Agreement as a Title Defect Exclusion, or to a Purchase Price reduction for the Title Defect Value, is cured by Sellers ( provided Sellers shall have no obligation to attempt to cure Title Defects) and Sellers deliver to Buyer pertinent information reasonably necessary to document the curative action within 120 days after the Closing Date, provided that if Sellers are attempting to cure a Title Defect and have initiated a quiet title, heirship, probate or other legal proceeding to cure such Title Defect within 120 days after the Closing Date, then such 120 day period shall be deemed extended to the date that is 10 days after a final determination or settlement of such proceeding (or if such condition is satisfied based on a judicial determination whether such determination occurs before or after such 120 day period), then (i) in the case of a Title Defect associated with an Allocated Property that is not a Title Defect Exclusion, Buyer shall pay to Sellers an amount equal to the Title Defect Value or (ii) in the case of an Allocated Property that is a Title Defect Exclusion, Sellers shall have the option to put the excluded Allocated Property to Buyer, such put option shall be exercised by Sellers delivering written notice to Buyer of Sellers’ election to put the excluded Allocated Property to Buyer within 120 days after the Closing Date (or, if later, 15 days after receipt of (A) the judicial determination or (B) the final determination or settlement of the proceeding described above), and if such exercise notice is given, then, within 15 days after Buyer's receipt of such notice, Sellers shall assign such Allocated Property to Buyer by an assignment in the form of Exhibit G and Buyer shall pay to Sellers an amount equal to the Allocated Value of such Allocated Property, adjusted as provided in Section 3.2 and Section 5.6(i), provided for payments made by Buyer under clause (i) and (ii) above, if the applicable Title Defect Adjustment or the Allocated Value of the applicable Title Defect Exclusion, was escrowed in the form of cash, the Parties shall instruct the Escrow Agent to pay such amount in cash, and if the applicable Title Defect Adjustment or the Allocated Value of the applicable Title Defect Exclusion, was escrowed in the form of Common Stock, the Parties shall instruct the Escrow Agent to deliver the appropriate number shares of Common Stock (with the number of shares of Common Stock shall be determined using the Execution Date Stock Value).
 
20

5.6              Post-Closing Determination of Title Defects .  Sellers  shall have the right to commence a judicial action, subject to Section 16.11, to dispute (x) the validity of the Title Defects  and Title Defect Values asserted by Buyer with respect to a Title Defect Exclusion, and (y) any dispute regarding the validity of any of Sellers’ curative actions with respect to a Title Defect, provided that such action shall be commenced, if at all, within 30 days after the end of the 120 day period described in Section 5.5.  If Sellers have not commenced such an action within such 30 day period with respect to a Title Defect Exclusion, or with respect to any disputed curative actions, Sellers shall retain such Title Defect Exclusion and the disputed curative actions shall not be given effect, as the case may be, and the Parties will instruct the Escrow Agent to release to Buyer the cash or Common Stock, as applicable, held in the Escrow Account with respect thereto.  If Sellers commence such an action within such 30 day period, then within 10 Business Days after a final decision in such action:
 
(i)              with respect to a Title Defect Exclusion, (A) Sellers may elect to exercise their put option under Section 5.5 ( provided that the  put price  shall be reduced by the amount by which the Title Defect Adjustment would have been increased at Closing had the uncured Title Defect Values affecting such Title Defect Exclusion been included in determining the Title Defect Adjustment at Closing  using the values determined in such action), and (B) if Sellers do not timely exercise such put option, Sellers shall retain such Title Defect Exclusion and the Parties shall instruct the Escrow Agent to release to Buyer the cash or Common Stock, as applicable, held in the Escrow Account with respect thereto; and
(ii)              if a disputed Title Defect with respect to an Allocated Property assigned to Buyer at Closing is determined (A) to have been cured, the Parties shall instruct the Escrow Agent to release to Sellers the cash or Common Stock, as applicable, held in the Escrow Account with respect thereto, or (B) not to have been cured, the Parties shall instruct the Escrow Agent to release to Buyer the cash or Common Stock, as applicable, held in the Escrow Account with respect thereto.
5.7              Changes in Product Prices; Wells or Other Events .  There shall be no adjustment to the Purchase Price for, and the following shall not affect Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement, including Buyer’s obligation to close the transactions contemplated hereby if the conditions in Section 10.2 are satisfied or waived by Buyer, and from and after Closing Buyer shall assume all risk of loss with respect to:  (i) changes in product prices and any other market factors or conditions, (ii) production declines or any adverse change in the production characteristics or downhole condition of a Well, including a Well watering out, experiencing a collapse or failure in the casing or sand infiltration, including inter-well interference or communication, whenever occurring, (iii) any change in laws, rules or regulations, or (iv) any ban or moratorium on drilling, fracing or other completion methods or any legislative bill, or any ballot initiative or referendum to amend the Colorado constitution or enact or amend a statute, rule or regulation with respect to drilling, fracing or other completion methods or the power of any governmental entity to ban, restrict or regulate drilling, fracing or other completion methods.
 
21

5.8              Consents .  Sellers shall use their reasonable commercial efforts to obtain all required consents known to Sellers relating to a transfer of their interest in the Assets.  If Buyer discovers other affected Assets that are subject to a consent to transfer requirement during the course of Buyer’s Due Diligence Review, Buyer shall notify Sellers immediately and Sellers shall use their reasonable commercial efforts to obtain such consents prior to Closing.
 
 
a.    Required Consents.  That portion of the Assets for which a consent has not been obtained and such lack of consent would invalidate an attempted conveyance of the Assets to Buyer (a “ Required Consent ”) shall be excluded from the Assets conveyed at the Closing and the Purchase Price shall be reduced by the Allocated Value of the excluded Allocated Properties.  Sellers shall use their reasonable commercial efforts to obtain such Required Consent following Closing for a period of one year and if a Required Consent is obtained within one year after the Closing, then, within 15 days after receipt of such consent, Sellers shall assign such excluded portion of the Assets to Buyer using an assignment in the form of Exhibit G in exchange for a payment by wire transfer from Buyer equal to the Allocated Value of the excluded Allocated Properties, subject to the adjustments described in Section 3.2.  Buyer shall reasonably cooperate with Sellers in obtaining any required consent including providing assurances of financial condition.
 
 
b.    Non-Required Consents.  The following types of consents shall not constitute Required Consents:  (I) consents to transfers of title by the BLM, the State of Colorado or any county, (II) consents set forth in, or arising out of, a farmout or similar agreement pursuant to which Sellers has already satisfied all conditions for earning any interests that constitute a part of the Assets and Sellers has received or is due an assignment of, the earned interests under such agreement, and (III) consents which if not obtained by Closing would not invalidate the conveyance of the Assets.  For each of the consents of the type described in Section 5.8(b)(I), Buyer, within 30 days after Closing, shall file for approval with the applicable government agencies all federal, state and county transfer documents required to effectuate the transfer of the Assets.  Buyer further agrees promptly after Closing to take all other actions required of it by federal, state or county agencies having jurisdiction to obtain all requisite regulatory approvals with respect to this transaction, and to use its best efforts to obtain the unconditional approval by such federal, state or county agencies, as applicable, of the assignment documents requiring federal, state or county approval in order for Buyer to be recognized by the federal, state or county agencies as the owner of the Assets.  Buyer shall provide Sellers approved copies of the assignment documents and other federal, state and county transfer documents as soon as they are available.
 
22

 
5.9              Preferential Purchase Rights .  Sellers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all preferential right to purchase provisions relative to their interest in the Assets by sending notice of this Agreement, within ten Business Days after execution of this Agreement, to all Persons holding preferential rights, offering to sell to each such Person that portion of the Assets for which such a preferential right is held for an amount equal to the Allocated Values of the subject Allocated Properties and subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement.  If, during the course of its Due Diligence Review, Buyer discovers any additional preferential rights, Buyer shall promptly notify Sellers.  That portion of the Assets, if any, subject to preferential purchase rights which have been expressly waived by the holder thereof by Closing, or which are deemed waived by the failure of the holder thereof to exercise its preferential right to purchase within the applicable period following receipt of notice thereof where such period expired prior to Closing, shall be included in the Assets to be conveyed to Buyer at Closing.  That portion of the Assets, if any, subject to preferential purchase rights where the holder has exercised the preferential right prior to Closing, or where the deadline for the holder to elect to exercise such right is after the Closing, shall be excluded from the Assets identified in this Agreement and the Purchase Price shall be reduced by the Allocated Values of the excluded Allocated Properties; provided, however , that if the holder of such preferential right is required to but fails to consummate the purchase of such Assets on or prior to the Closing Date, then Sellers shall notify Buyer, and Sellers shall sell to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase from Sellers, the Assets to which the preferential purchase right was asserted for such Allocated Values.  If the preferential purchase rights covering an Asset excluded pursuant to the preceding sentence are waived or expire without being exercised subsequent to Closing, Sellers shall give notice thereof to Buyer and within five Business Days after receipt of such notice, Buyer shall purchase such Asset from Sellers for the Allocated Value thereof, subject to the adjustments described in Section 3.2, and Sellers shall assign such Asset to Buyer using an assignment in the form of Exhibit G .
 
5.10              Casualty Loss .  Prior to Closing, if any material portion of an Allocated Property is destroyed by fire or other casualty or if a portion of an Allocated Property is taken or threatened to be taken in condemnation or under the right of eminent domain (“ Casualty Loss ”) ( provided that none of the matters covered by Section 5.7 shall constitute a Casualty Loss), such Allocated Property shall be excluded from this Agreement and the Purchase Price shall be reduced by the Allocated Value of the excluded Allocated Property, unless Buyer and Sellers agree upon the estimated cost to repair such Allocated Property (with equipment of similar utility) or other appropriate reduction to the Purchase Price, not to exceed the Allocated Value of the Allocated Property (the Purchase Price adjustment, whether from excluding the Allocated Property or agreement upon an appropriate adjustment, is herein called the “ Net Casualty Loss ”) and Sellers shall retain all insurance proceeds and all claims against third parties with respect to the Casualty Loss.  Sellers, at their option, may elect to cure such Casualty Loss.  If Sellers elect to cure such Casualty Loss, Sellers may replace any personal property that is the subject of a Casualty Loss with equipment of similar grade and utility, or replace any personal property with personal property of similar nature and kind if such property is acceptable to Buyer in its reasonable discretion.  If Sellers elect to cure the Casualty Loss, and in fact cure the Casualty Loss to the reasonable satisfaction of Buyer, there shall be no adjustment to the Purchase Price.
 
23

ARTICLE 6  
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
6.1              NORM and Asbestos .  Some production equipment may contain asbestos and/or NORM.  In this regard Buyer and Sellers expressly understand that NORM may affix or attach itself to the inside of Wells, materials and equipment as scale or in other forms, that said Wells, materials and equipment located on or associated with the Assets may contain NORM and that NORM containing material may have been buried or otherwise disposed of on the Assets.  Buyer and Sellers also expressly understand that special procedures may be required for the Remediation, removal, transportation and disposal of asbestos or NORM from the Assets where such material may be found and that, if the Closing occurs, Buyer assumes all liability for or in connection with the assessment, containment, removal, Remediation, transportation and disposal of any such materials, in accordance with all past, present or future applicable laws, rules, regulations and other requirements of any governmental or judicial entities having jurisdiction and also with the terms and conditions of all applicable leases and other contracts.
 
6.2              Environmental Assessment .  Upon advance notice to Sellers, to the extent Sellers have the authority to do so, Sellers shall allow Buyer to conduct, at Buyer’s sole risk and expense, on-site inspections and an environmental assessment and compliance audit (an “ Environmental Assessment ”) of the Assets.  Buyer acknowledges that Sellers do not operate certain Assets and, with respect to such Assets, promptly following Buyer’s written request, Sellers will request that the operator of the Assets allow Buyer access to the Assets for purposes of conducting its Environmental Assessment but that the operator may not permit such access.  In connection with any on-site inspections or Environmental Assessment, Buyer agrees not to interfere with the normal operation of the Assets and agrees to comply with all requirements and safety policies of the operator of which Buyer has notice.  If requested by Sellers, the Parties shall execute a “common undertaking” letter regarding the confidentiality of Environmental Assessments where appropriate.  Buyer shall not conduct any test drilling or sampling activities without prior notice to and consent of Sellers and the operator of the affected Asset.   Buyer shall provide Sellers prior written notice of any environmental inspections and tests, and Buyer shall give Sellers the opportunity to participate in all such inspections and tests.  Buyer shall provide Sellers, at no cost to Sellers, all reports of environmental inspections and tests.
 
IN CONNECTION WITH THE GRANTING OF SUCH ACCESS, BUYER REPRESENTS THAT IT IS ADEQUATELY INSURED AND BUYER WAIVES, RELEASES AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE SELLERS INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST, ALL CLAIMS FOR INJURY TO, OR DEATH OF, PERSONS OR FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THE ACCESS AFFORDED TO, OR THE ACTIVITIES OF, BUYER, ITS EMPLOYEES, CONSULTANTS, AGENTS, CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS.  THIS WAIVER, RELEASE AND INDEMNITY BY BUYER SHALL SURVIVE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.
6.3              Adjustments for Environmental Defects .
 
 a.      Notice of Environmental Defects .  Buyer shall give Sellers written notice of all Environmental Defects affecting the Assets which Buyer’s Environmental Assessment reveals, and will provide evidence thereof, promptly upon discovery.  Buyer shall notify Sellers weekly of all Environmental Defects, and will provide evidence thereof, discovered by Buyer through the date of such notice and not previously noticed to Sellers.  The final notice of Environmental Defects and evidence thereof shall be delivered on or before the Defect Notice Deadline.  Buyer will be deemed to have conclusively waived (A) any Environmental Defect about which it fails to notify Sellers in writing prior to the Defect Notice Deadline and (B) any Environmental Defect as to any single incident with respect to which the Environmental Defect Value is less than the Environmental Defect Threshold.
 
24

b.      Defect Adjustments .
 
(i) Sellers shall have the option, but not the obligation, to attempt to cure, on or before three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, any Environmental Defect affecting the Assets that is timely identified under Section 6.3(a).
 
(ii) If an Environmental Defect timely asserted by Buyer that is not cured by Sellers on or before two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Buyer and Sellers shall attempt in good faith to reach agreement by Closing on the existence of the Environmental Defect and an adjustment to the Purchase Price which shall be reflected on the Preliminary Settlement Statement, which adjustment shall reflect the lowest reasonable cost to Remediate such Environmental Defect as would a prudent operator (“ Environmental Defect Value ”).  In the event that Buyer and Sellers do not reach such an agreement by Closing, the affected Allocated Property shall be excluded from the Assets to be conveyed at Closing and the Purchase Price shall be reduced by the Allocated Value of the excluded Allocated Property (an “ Environmental Defect Exclusion ”).
 
(iii) The “ Environmental Defect Adjustment ” shall be the amount, if any, by which (A) the aggregate amount of all Environmental Defect Values with respect to un-Remediated and unwaived Environmental Defects exceeds (B) the Environmental Defect Deductible Amount.  The Purchase Price shall be reduced pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(iv) in accordance with Seller's election under 6.3(b)(iv) by the sum of the Environmental Defect Exclusions and the Environmental Defect Adjustment.
 
(iv) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 6, Sellers shall have the right to elect, at their sole discretion, whether any Purchase Price adjustments resulting from Environmental Defect Exclusions or Environmental Defect Adjustments under Section 6.3(b)(iii) shall be adjustments to the Cash Consideration or the Stock Consideration.  If Sellers elect that any such adjustment will be to the Cash Consideration, the adjustment at Closing under Section 3.2(b)(iv) shall be made to the Cash Consideration.  If Sellers elect that any such adjustment will be to the Stock Consideration, the adjustment under Section 3.2(b)(iv) shall be to the number of shares of Common Stock delivered at Closing as the Stock Consideration, determined by using the Execution Date Stock Value per share of the Common Stock.  Sellers election under this Section 6.3(b)(iv), shall be set forth in the Preliminary Settlement Statement.
 
25

6.4                As Is, Where Is” Purchase .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including the indemnification obligations of each Seller under Article 15), Buyer shall acquire the Assets (including Assets for which a notice was given under Section 6.3(a)) in an “AS IS, WHERE IS” condition and shall assume all risks that the Assets may contain waste materials (whether toxic, hazardous, extremely hazardous or otherwise) or other adverse physical conditions, including the presence of unknown abandoned oil and gas wells, water wells, sumps, pits, pipelines or other waste or spill sites which may not have been revealed by Buyer’s investigation.  At and after the Closing, all responsibility and liability related to all such conditions, whether known or unknown, fixed or contingent, will be transferred from Sellers to Buyer, regardless of when the responsibility and liability arose.
ARTICLE 7       
SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each Seller makes the following representations and warranties as to itself (but not as to any other Seller) and as to that portion of the Assets owned by it, as of the date of this Agreement except where a specific date is specified:
7.1              Existence .  Each of Blenheim Holdings and Blenheim Holdings II is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is duly qualified to do business in the State of Colorado.  Bayswater is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Colorado.
 
7.2              Power and Authority .  Such Seller has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted, to enter into this Agreement and each of the documents contemplated to be executed by such Seller at Closing, and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and under such documents.  The consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and each of the documents contemplated to be executed by such Seller at Closing will not violate, nor be in conflict with, (i) any provision of such Seller’s organizational or governing documents, (ii) any agreement or instrument to which such Seller is a party or is bound, or (iii) to such Seller’s knowledge any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to such Seller.
 
7.3              Authorization .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the documents contemplated to be executed by such Seller at Closing and the contemplated transaction have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of such Seller.
 
7.4              Execution and Delivery .  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Seller, and at the Closing, all documents and instruments required hereunder to be executed and delivered by such Seller shall have been, duly executed and delivered.  This Agreement does, and such documents and instruments shall, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Seller enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application with respect to creditors, (ii) general principles of equity, and (iii) the power of a court to deny enforcement of remedies generally based upon public policy.
 
26

7.5              Foreign Person .  Such Seller is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Sections 1445 and 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, ( i.e. such Seller is not a nonresident alien, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate as those terms are defined in such Code, and any regulations promulgated thereunder).
 
7.6              Bankruptcy .  There are no bankruptcy, reorganization or receivership proceedings pending, being contemplated by or, to such Seller’s knowledge, threatened in writing against such Seller or any Affiliate of such Seller.
 
7.7              Liabilities for Brokers’ Fees .  Such Seller has incurred no liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokers’ or finders’ fees relating to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement for which Buyer shall have any responsibility whatsoever.
 
7.8              Liens .  Except for the Permitted Encumbrances, such Seller’s interest in the Assets is free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, mortgages, charges and encumbrances arising by, through or under such Seller but not otherwise
 
7.9              Taxes .  Except as set forth in Section 7.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, all Taxes pertaining to such Seller’s interest in the Assets or the production of Hydrocarbons therefrom for all taxable periods prior to the taxable period in which this Agreement is executed that are due and payable have been properly paid except as may be contested by such Seller in good faith.  Such Seller has not received any written notice from any governmental authority of any delinquency in the payment of Taxes on the Assets or the production of Hydrocarbons from the Assets.
 
7.10            Litigation and Claims .  Except as set forth in Section 7.10 of the Disclosure Schedule (“ Existing Sellers Claims ”), there is no action, suit, proceeding (other than spacing unit and force pooling applications), claim or, to its knowledge, investigation, pending or, to its knowledge, threatened, against such Seller or, to such Seller’s knowledge, against the Assets or the operator of the Assets, in any court or by or before any governmental authority or arbitration or mediation that would have a Material Adverse Effect or impair such Seller’s ability to consummate, or that would reasonably be expected to prevent, delay or make illegal the transaction contemplated hereby.  No condemnation or eminent domain proceedings are pending, or, to such Seller’s knowledge, threatened, by any governmental authority affecting any of its Assets.
 
7.11            Compliance with Laws .  To such Seller’s knowledge, except as set forth in Section 7.11 of the Disclosure Schedule and except for violations that in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect, such Seller is not in violation of, or in default under, and no event has occurred that (with notice or the lapse of time or both) would constitute a violation of or default under, any law, rule, regulation, ordinance, order, writ, decree or judgment of any governmental authority applicable to the Assets (excluding Environmental Laws, which are addressed in other provisions of this Agreement).

27

7.12              Governmental Licenses .  Except as set forth in Section 7.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, to such Seller’s knowledge, such Seller has obtained all material governmental permits, licenses, registrations and other authorizations required to be obtained by such Seller to own and, with respect to that portion of the Assets operated by such Seller, to operate the Assets.
 
7.13              No Notice of Violation from Governmental Agencies .  Except as set forth in Section 7.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, such Seller has not received written notice of any continuing or uncured violation on the part of such Seller of any laws (including Environmental Laws) applicable to the Assets or of any license or permit, which violation or violations would, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
7.14 .              Material Agreements; Notice of Defaults .
 
a.            Except for the Leases and agreements entered into in accordance with Section 9.1(a), Exhibit C sets forth all agreements included in the Assets of the type described below (collectively, the “Material Agreements”):
 
(i) any agreement (including any joint operating agreement) that can reasonably be expected to result in aggregate payments by Sellers of more than $500,000 during the current or any subsequent calendar year (based solely on the terms thereof and current volumes, without regard to any expected increase in volumes or revenues or any surface use payments with respect to wells drilled after the Execution Date);
 
(ii) any Hydrocarbon purchase and sale, transportation, processing or similar agreement that is not terminable without penalty upon 60 days’ or less notice;
 
(iii) any agreement (other than the Leases) that constitutes a lease under which such Seller is the lessor or the lessee of real or personal property which lease (A) cannot be terminated by Sellers without penalty upon 60 days’ or less notice and (B) involves an annual base rental of more than $500,000;
 
(iv) any farmout agreement, participation agreement, exploration agreement or development agreement under which such Seller has any material unfulfilled performance obligation in excess of $500,000;
 
(v) any agreement between such Seller and any Affiliate of such Seller that will not be terminated prior to Closing; and
 
(vi) joint operating agreements covering the Anadarko Wells.
 
b.      Except as set forth in Section 7.14 of the Disclosure Schedule and except for matters that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, there exists no default under any Material Agreement by such Seller or, to such Seller’s knowledge, by any other Person that is a party to such Material Agreement, that has not been cured, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute any default under any such Material Agreement by such Seller or, to such Seller’s knowledge, any other Person who is a party to such Material Agreement.
 
28

7.15              Production Sales Contracts .  Except for the Material Agreements, to such Seller’s knowledge, its interest in the Assets is not encumbered by any obligation under a sales contract, hedging contract, take-or-pay clause, or any similar arrangement, to deliver Hydrocarbons produced from the Assets without receiving payment at the time or subsequent to delivery, or to deliver Hydrocarbons in the future for which payment has already been received (e.g., a “forward” sale contract).
 
7.16               Current Plugging Obligations .  Except as set forth in Section 7.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, such Seller has not received any notices or demands from governmental authorities or other third parties to plug any Wells.
 
7.17               Imbalances .  Except as set forth in Section 7.17 of the Disclosure Schedule as of the dates set forth therein, to such Seller’s knowledge, there were no wellhead gas production imbalances with respect to the Wells as of the date hereof
 
7.18              Suspense Accounts .  Except for the amounts credited against the Purchase Price under Section 3.2(b)(vii), such Seller did not hold any third party funds in suspense with respect to production of Hydrocarbons from any of the Assets other than amounts less than the statutory minimum amount that such Seller is permitted to accumulate prior to payment.
 
7.19              Preferential Purchase Rights .  To such Seller’s knowledge, except as set forth in Schedule 7.19 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no preferential purchase rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights that are applicable to the transfer of the Assets in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
7.20              AFEs .  To such Seller’s knowledge, Section 7.20 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of the Execution Date, all approved authorizations for expenditures and other approved capital commitments, individually in excess of $500,000 net to Sellers interest (the “ AFEs ”), relating to the Assets to drill or rework wells or for other capital expenditures pursuant to any of the Material Agreements for which all of the activities anticipated in such AFEs have not been completed by the Execution Date
 
7.21              Investment Representations .
 
a.              Such Seller is acquiring the Stock Consideration for its own account with the present intention of holding such securities for investment purposes and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any public distribution of such securities in violation of any federal or state securities laws, subject, however, to such Seller’s right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Stock Consideration under a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and applicable state securities laws or under an exemption from such registration available thereunder (including, without limitation, if available, Rule 144 promulgated thereunder). Such Seller is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) under the Securities Act.  Each Seller acknowledges that it is informed as to the risks of the transactions contemplated hereby and of ownership of the Stock Consideration.  Each Seller acknowledges that the Stock Consideration has not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws and that the Stock Consideration may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale, pledged hypothecated or otherwise disposed of unless such transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition is pursuant to the terms of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.
 
29

b.              Each Seller understands that upon the original issuance thereof, and until such time as the same is no longer required under applicable requirements of the Securities Act or state securities laws, the book entries representing the Stock Consideration and all book entries made in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof, shall bear the following legend: THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER AND, IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT OR THE ISSUER HAS RECEIVED DOCUMENTATION REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT (WHICH MAY INCLUDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL) THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
 
ARTICLE 8  
BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Buyer makes the following representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement:
8.1              Existence .  Buyer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Colorado.
 
8.2              Power and Authority .  Buyer has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted, to enter into this Agreement and each of the documents contemplated to be executed by Buyer at Closing, and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and under such documents.  The consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and each of the documents contemplated to be executed by Buyer at Closing will not violate, nor be in conflict with:  (i) any provision of Buyer’s organizational or governing documents, (ii) any agreement or instrument to which Buyer is a party or is bound, or (iii) any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Buyer.
 
8.3              Authorization .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the documents contemplated to be executed by Buyer at Closing and the contemplated transaction have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite action on the part of Buyer.
 
 
30

8.4              Execution and Delivery .  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Buyer, and at the Closing all documents and instruments required hereunder to be executed and delivered by Buyer shall have been duly executed and delivered.  This Agreement does, and such documents and instruments shall, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application with respect to creditors, (ii) general principles of equity, and (iii) the power of a court to deny enforcement of remedies generally based upon public policy.
 
8.5              Bankruptcy .  There are no bankruptcy, reorganization or receivership proceedings pending, being contemplated by or, to Buyer’s knowledge, threatened in writing against Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer.
 
8.6              Liabilities for Brokers’ Fees .  Buyer has incurred no liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokers’ or finders’ fees relating to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement for which Sellers shall have any responsibility whatsoever
 
8.7              Litigation and Claims .  There is no action, suit, proceeding, claim or investigation by any person, entity, administrative agency or governmental body pending or, to Buyer’s knowledge, threatened in writing, against Buyer before any governmental authority that impedes or is likely to impede Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to assume the liabilities to be assumed by Buyer under this Agreement.
 
8.8              Independent Evaluation .  Buyer has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters that Buyer is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the acquisition of the Assets and has so evaluated the merits and risks of such acquisition.  Buyer is knowledgeable about the oil and gas business, and Buyer has retained and taken advice concerning the Assets and transactions herein from advisors and consultants which are knowledgeable about the oil and gas business, and Buyer is aware of its risks.  Buyer has been afforded the opportunity to examine the Records and other materials made available to it by Sellers and Sellers’ authorized representatives with respect to the Assets (the “ Background Materials ”).  The Background Materials include files, or copies thereof, that Sellers have used in its normal course of business and other information about the Assets that Sellers and Sellers’ authorized representatives have compiled or generated, all data and information made available for Buyer’s review in the data room for the transaction contemplated hereby, and all information communicated to Buyer or its representatives in presentations, answers to questions or otherwise in the data room or otherwise in connection the transaction contemplated hereby; provided, however , Buyer acknowledges and agrees that neither Sellers nor any other Sellers Indemnified Parties have made any representations or warranties, express or implied, written or oral, as to the accuracy or completeness of the Background Materials or, except for the representations and warranties of Sellers contained in this Agreement, as to any other information relating to the Assets, furnished or to be furnished to Buyer or its representatives by or on behalf of Sellers, including any estimate with respect to the value of the Assets or reserves, the ability to obtain required permits, spacing orders including increased density spacing orders, exceptions or other approvals that may be necessary to develop the Assets, the spacing pattern that may apply to the Assets, the availability or adequacy of facilities or capacity for gathering, compressing, treating, transporting, storing or processing Hydrocarbons produced from the existing Wells or any additional Wells drilled on the Assets; whether adequate rights-of-way exist for facilities for gathering, compressing, treating, transporting, storing or processing Hydrocarbons that are included in the Assets, or any projections as to events that could or could not occur.  In entering into this Agreement, Buyer acknowledges and affirms that it has relied and will rely solely on the terms of this Agreement and upon its independent analysis, evaluation and investigation of, and judgment with respect to, the business, economic, legal, tax or other consequences of this transaction including its own estimate and appraisal of the extent and value of the petroleum, natural gas and other reserves attributable to the Assets and the prices that may be received for Hydrocarbons produced therefrom.  Buyer’s representatives have accessed the data room for the transaction contemplated hereby maintained by Sellers or Sellers’ representatives and have been given opportunities to examine the Records.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither Sellers nor any other Sellers Indemnified Parties shall have any liability to Buyer or its Affiliates, agents, representatives or employees resulting from any use of, authorized or unauthorized, or reliance on, the Background Materials or other information relating to the Assets provided by or on behalf of Sellers or any other Sellers Indemnified Parties
 
31

8.9                Qualification .  Buyer is now or at Closing will be and thereafter will continue to be qualified to own and operate the Assets, including the federal, state, county, and fee Leases, including meeting all bonding requirements.  Completing the transaction set out in this Agreement will not cause Buyer to be disqualified or to exceed any acreage limitation imposed by law, statute or regulation
 
8.10              Financial Resources .  Buyer has the financial resources available to close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without financing that is subject to any material contingency.
 
8.11              NYSE MKT Listing .  Buyer’s Common Stock is listed on the NYSE MKT, and Buyer has not received any notice of delisting.
 
8.12              Issuance of Stock Consideration .  The Stock Consideration, when and if issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will be free of any and all liens, pledges, claims, restrictions, charges, preemptive, preferential or similar purchase rights, security interests, hypothecations and or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, other than restrictions on transfer under applicable state and federal securities laws.
 
8.13              Consents .  No consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with or notification to, any person is required for or in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer or for or in connection with the consummation of the transactions and performance of the terms and conditions contemplated hereby and thereby by Buyer.  There are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, agreements, arrangements, commitments or other similar interests of any character under which Buyer is obligated to issue or sell, or giving any third party a right to subscribe for or acquire, the Stock Consideration.
 
8.14              Capitalization .  The authorized capitalization of Buyer consists of (i) 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 77,554,337 shares were issued and outstanding as of May 31, 2014 and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares were issued and outstanding as of May 31, 2014.
 
32

8.15              Regulatory Matters; Reports .  Buyer has filed all reports, schedules, forms, registrations, statements and certifications, together with any amendments required to be made with respect thereto, that were required to be filed since [January 1, 2014] with the SEC and the NYSE MKT (together with the exhibits and other information incorporated therein, the “ Buyer SEC Documents ”).  No such Buyer SEC Document, at the time filed or furnished (and in the case of registration statements and proxy statements, on the dates of effectiveness and the dates of relevant meetings, respectively) contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that information in the Buyer SEC Documents as of a later date (but before the date of this Agreement) shall be deemed to modify information in the Buyer SEC Documents as of an earlier date.  As of their respective dates of filing with the SEC (or, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date hereof, as of the date of such filing), all Buyer SEC Documents complied as to form in all material respects with the regulations of the SEC with respect thereto.
 
8.16              Financial Statements .  Each of the [consolidated] financial statements of Buyer and [its subsidiaries] included (or incorporated by reference) in the Buyer SEC Documents (including the related notes, where applicable) (i) have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of Buyer [and its consolidated subsidiaries] in all material respects, (ii) fairly present in all material respects the [consolidated] results of operations, cash flows, changes in shareholders’ equity and [consolidated] financial position of Buyer [and its consolidated subsidiaries, taken as a whole,] for the respective fiscal periods or as of the respective dates therein set forth (subject in the case of unaudited statements to recurring year-end audit adjustments normal in nature and amount), (iii) complied as to form, as of their respective dates of filing with the SEC, in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto (except, in the case of unaudited statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC), and (iv) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied during the periods involved, except, in each case, as indicated in such statements or in the notes thereto. The books and records of Buyer [and its subsidiaries] have been, and are being, maintained in all material respects in accordance with GAAP and any other applicable legal and accounting requirements.
 
8.17              Undisclosed Liabilities .  Buyer does not have any liability or obligation required under GAAP to be reflected or reserved against on the balance sheet of Buyer (whether absolute, accrued, contingent, determined, determinable or otherwise and whether due or to become due), except for (i) those liabilities that are reflected or reserved against on the consolidated balance sheet of Buyer included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 (including any notes thereto), (ii) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since August 31, 2014, or (iii) liabilities in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
33

8.18              No Buyer Material Adverse Condition .  Since August 31, 2014, there has not occurred any Buyer Material Adverse Condition and, to the knowledge of Buyer, no circumstances presently exist which would reasonably be expected to cause a Buyer Material Adverse Condition.  “ Buyer Material Adverse Condition ” shall mean a condition having a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, business or prospects of Buyer, other than any condition resulting from (a) entering into this Agreement or the announcement of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (b) any action or omission of Sellers taken in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or with the prior consent of Buyer; (c) changes in general market, economic, financial, or political conditions (including changes in commodity prices, fuel supply or transportation markets, interests or rates), regardless of location; (d) changes in conditions or developments generally applicable to the oil and gas industry; (e) acts of God, including hurricanes, storms or other naturally occurring events; (f) acts or failures to act of a governmental authority; (g) civil unrest, any outbreak of disease or hostilities, terrorist activities or war or any similar disorder; (h) matters that are cured or no longer exist by the earlier of Closing and the termination of this Agreement; (i) any reclassification or recalculation of reserves in the ordinary course of business; (j) changes in the prices of any Hydrocarbons; (k) a change in laws and any interpretations thereof from and after the Execution Date; and (l) natural declines in well performance.
 
ARTICLE 9  
COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS
9.1              Covenants and Agreements .  Buyer and each Seller (for itself but not for any other Seller) agrees as follows:
 
a. Except (I) as set forth in Section 9.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, (II) for the operations covered by the AFEs and other capital commitments described in Section 7.20 of the Disclosure Schedule, (III) for actions taken in connection with emergency situations or to maintain a lease and (IV) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as expressly consented to in writing by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, withheld or conditioned), Sellers shall, from and after the Execution Date and until Closing:
 
(i)              maintain, and if a Seller is the operator thereof, such Seller shall operate, the Assets in the usual, regular and ordinary manner consistent with its past practice;
(ii)              maintain the books of account and Records relating to the Assets in the usual, regular and ordinary manner, in accordance with the usual accounting practices of Sellers;
(iii)              promptly notify Buyer of Sellers’ election (which election shall be in Sellers’ sole discretion) to participate or not to participate in any operation proposed by Sellers or a third party that is reasonably expected to cost Sellers in excess of $500,000;
 
34

(iv)              not enter into any agreement that, if entered into on or prior to the Execution Date, would be required to be listed in Exhibit C , or terminate (unless such Material Agreement terminates pursuant to its stated terms) or materially amend or change the terms of any Material Agreement;
(v)              not transfer, sell, mortgage, pledge or dispose of any portion of the Assets other than (A) the sale or disposal of Hydrocarbons in the ordinary course of business, (B) sales of equipment that is no longer necessary in the operation of the Assets or for which replacement equipment has been obtained and (C) disposals of Assets where the consideration is less than $100,000 per disposal; and
(vi)              not commit to do any of the foregoing.
 
b.   Legal Status.  Each Seller and Buyer shall use all reasonable efforts to maintain its respective legal status from the date hereof until the Final Settlement Date and to assure that as of the Closing Date and the Final Settlement Date it will not be under any material corporate, legal or contractual restriction that would prohibit or delay the timely consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby.
 
 
c.   Notices of Claims.  Sellers shall promptly notify Buyer and Buyer shall promptly notify Sellers if, between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Sellers or Buyer, as the case may be, receives notice of any claim, suit, action or other proceeding of the type referred to in Sections 7.10, 7.13, 7.14(b) or 8.6, and each Party.  Each Party will notify the other Party promptly after any officer of the first Party obtains actual knowledge that any representation or warranty of the other Party contained in this Agreement is, becomes or will be untrue in any material respect on or before the Closing Date.  No breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement for any purpose under this Agreement, and no Party or any Affiliate of a Party shall have any claim or recourse against the other Party or any Affiliate of the other Party, or their respective directors, officers, employees, buyers, controlling Persons, agents, advisors or representatives with respect to such breach, if the first Party or any Affiliate of the first Party, or any of their respective officers or representatives, had knowledge prior to the Execution Date of such breach or of the threat of such breach or the circumstances giving rise to such breach.
 
 
d.   Compliance with Laws.  During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, Sellers shall attempt in good faith to comply in all material respects with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders relating to the ownership of its interest in the Assets and, to the extent that a Seller is the operator, the operation of the Assets by.
 
 
e.    Government Reviews and Filings.  Before and after the Closing, Buyer and Sellers shall cooperate to provide requested information, make required filings with, prepare applications to and conduct negotiations with each governmental agency as required to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby, including any required filings under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.  Each Party shall make any governmental filings occasioned by its ownership or structure.  Buyer shall make all filings after the Closing at its expense with governmental agencies necessary to transfer title to the Assets or to comply with laws and shall indemnify and hold harmless Sellers from and against all Losses arising out of Sellers’ holding of such title after the Closing and prior to the securing of any necessary governmental approvals of the transfer.
 
35

 
f.    Confidentiality.  All data and information obtained by Buyer from Sellers and their representatives in connection with the Assets and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whether before or after the execution of this Agreement, and data and information generated by Buyer prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “ Information ”) is deemed by the Parties to be confidential and proprietary to Sellers.  Until completion of the Closing, except as required by law, Buyer and its officers, agents and representatives will hold in strict confidence all Information, except any Information which:  (i) at the time of disclosure to Buyer by Sellers is in the public domain; (ii) after disclosure to Buyer by Sellers becomes part of the public domain by publication or otherwise, except by breach of this commitment by Buyer; (iii) Buyer can establish by competent proof was rightfully in its possession at the time of disclosure to Buyer by Sellers; (iv) Buyer rightfully receives from third parties free of any obligation of confidence; or (v) is developed independently by Buyer, provided that the Person or Persons developing the Information shall not have had access to the Information; provided further that Buyer may disclose Information as necessary to its consultants, investors and lenders who similarly agree to protect the confidentiality of such Information and agree to use such Information only for their due diligence evaluation of the Assets.  If Closing occurs, that Confidentiality Agreement dated September 29, 2014 between Buyer and Sellers or Sellers’ Affiliates shall be deemed terminated.
 
 
g.    Return of Information.  If the transaction contemplated by this Agreement does not close on or before the Closing Date, Buyer shall return to Sellers on or before the fifth Business Day thereafter all copies of the Information in the possession of Buyer obtained or generated by Buyer pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.  The terms of Section 9.1(f) and this Section 9.1(g) shall survive termination of this Agreement.
 
 
h.    Required Bonding.  Buyer shall obtain all required bonds and other surety arrangements relating to the ownership or operation of the Assets (including all bonds and surety arrangements required by the BLM and the State of Colorado) necessary to cause Sellers’ bonds and surety arrangements with respect to the Assets to be released.  No later than three Business Days prior to Closing, Buyer shall provide Sellers with satisfactory evidence that all such bonds and surety arrangements have been obtained and will be unconditionally effective as of the Closing.
 
 
i.     Required Insurance.  Buyer shall obtain and maintain such insurance coverages as are required under the applicable operating agreements under which Buyer will become the operator.
 
36

No later than three Business Days prior to Closing, Buyer shall provide Sellers with satisfactory evidence that such insurance has been obtained and will be unconditionally effective as of the Closing.
 
  j.    Assets Not Operated by Sellers.  Buyer acknowledges that Sellers own undivided interests in certain of the properties comprising the Assets that Sellers are not the operator thereof, and Buyer agrees that the acts or omissions of the other working interest owners (including the operators) who are not a Seller or an Affiliate of any Seller shall not constitute a breach of the provisions of this Section 9.1(j), and no action required by a vote of working interest owners shall constitute such a breach so long as Sellers have voted their interests in a manner that complies with the provisions of this Section 9.1.
 
 
k.   Successor Operator.  Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Sellers cannot and do not covenant or warrant that Buyer shall become successor operator of those Assets operated by Sellers and that such succession is subject to operating or other agreements that control the appointment of a successor operator.  Sellers agree, however, that, as to the Assets operated by a Seller, they shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to support Buyer’s efforts to become successor operator of such Assets (to the extent permitted under any applicable joint operating agreement) effective as of Closing (at Buyer’s sole cost and expense) and to designate or appoint, to the extent legally possible and permitted under any applicable joint operating agreement, Buyer as successor operator of such Assets effective as of Closing.
 
 
l.    Record Retention.  Buyer shall and shall cause its successors and assigns to, for a period of seven years following Closing, (i) retain the Records, (ii) provide Sellers, their Affiliates and their respective officers, employees and representatives with access to the Records during normal business hours for review and copying at Sellers’ expense, and (iii) provide Sellers, their Affiliates and their respective officers, employees and representatives with access, during normal business hours, to materials received or produced after Closing relating to any indemnity claim made under Section 15.2 for review and copying at Sellers’ expense.  At the end of such seven year period and prior to destroying any of the Records, Buyer shall notify Sellers in advance of such destruction and provide Sellers a reasonable opportunity to copy any or all of such Records at Sellers’ sole cost and expense.
 
 
m.  Amendment to Schedules.  Buyer agrees that, with respect to the representations and warranties of Sellers contained in this Agreement, Sellers shall have the continuing right and obligation until Closing to add, supplement or amend the Disclosure Schedule to its representations and warranties with respect to any matter hereafter arising or discovered which, if existing or known on the Execution Date or thereafter, would have been required to be set forth or described in the Disclosure Schedule.  For all purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of determining whether the conditions set forth in Section 10.2 have been fulfilled, the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to include only that information contained therein on the Execution Date and shall be deemed to exclude all information contained in any addition, supplement or amendment thereto; provided, however , that if Closing shall occur, then all matters disclosed pursuant to any such addition, supplement or amendment at or prior to Closing shall be waived and Buyer shall not be entitled to make a claim with respect thereto pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise.
 
37

 
n.   [Intentionally omitted]
 
 
o.   Several, Not Joint, Liability of Sellers.  No Seller shall have any liability for (i) any breach of any warranty, representation, covenant or agreement of any other Seller under this Agreement, or (ii) any breach or default under this Agreement or any other document or instrument executed or delivered in connection with this Agreement by any other Seller.
 
 
p.   Historical Asset Revenue and Expense Information.  Sellers shall cooperate with Buyer and make available, during normal business hours, to Buyer prior to and for a period of twelve (12) months following Closing any and all existing information and documents relating to revenues and expenses attributable to the Assets and in the possession of Sellers (subject to the rights of third parties) that Buyer may reasonably require to comply with Buyer’s tax and financial reporting requirements and audits, including any filings with any governmental entity and filings that may be required by the SEC under the Securities Act and/or the Exchange Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sellers will use commercially reasonable efforts after execution of this Agreement and following Closing to cooperate with the independent auditors chosen by Buyer (“ Buyer’s Auditor ”) in connection with their audit or review of any revenue and expense records pertaining to the Assets that Buyer or any of its affiliates requires to comply with their tax, financial and other reporting requirements.  Sellers’ cooperation will include (i) reasonable access during normal business hours to Sellers’ employees and representatives designated by Sellers who were responsible for preparing or maintaining the revenue and expense records and work papers and other supporting documents used in the preparation of such financial statements as may be required by Buyer’s Auditor to perform an audit or conduct a review in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards or to otherwise verify such financial statements; and (ii) delivery of one or more customary representation letters from Sellers to Buyer’s Auditor that are reasonably requested by Buyer to allow such auditors to complete an audit (or review of any financial statements), and to allow Buyer’s Auditor to issue an opinion with respect to its audit or review.  Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Sellers to the extent and as provided in Schedule 9.1(p) attached hereto.  The provisions of this Section and Schedule 9.1(p) shall survive the Closing and shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of Buyer.
 
 
q.   Rule 144.  With a view to making available to Sellers the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other similar rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit Sellers to sell securities of Buyer to the public without registration, Buyer agrees to:
 
(i) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144;
 
38

(ii) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of Buyer under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) so long as Buyer remains subject to such requirements and the filing of such reports and other documents as is required for the applicable provisions of Rule 144;
(iii) submit electronically and post on its corporate web site, if any, every interactive data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T; and
(iv) furnish to Sellers, promptly upon written request, (A) a written statement by Buyer that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act, (B) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of Buyer and such other reports and documents so filed by Buyer, and (C) such other information as may be reasonably requested to permit Sellers to sell such securities pursuant to Rule 144 without registration.
r.    Legend .  Provided such Seller meets the requirements of Rule 144 as heretofore referenced, Buyer shall promptly, upon such Seller’s written request, provide instructions to its stock transfer agent to remove the restrictive legend from the Shares.
 
s.    Expenses and Costs .  Any and all expenses and costs, including attorney fees, associated with Buyer obtaining the requisite consents and approvals to issue the Stock Consideration and to remove the legend and to take other measures as necessary to sell the Stock Consideration under Rule 144, shall be borne solely by Buyer.
 
ARTICLE 10
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
10.1              Sellers’ Conditions .  The obligations of each Seller at the Closing are subject, at the option of such Seller, to the satisfaction at or prior to Closing of the following conditions precedent:
 
a.    Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Article 8 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (except as to representations and warranties qualified by materiality, which shall be true in all respects) on and as of the Closing Date, and Buyer shall have performed and satisfied all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed and satisfied by Buyer at or prior to the Closing in all material respects
 
b.   No Action .  No order shall have been entered by any court or governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Parties or the subject matter of this Agreement that restrains or prohibits the purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement and which remains in effect at the time of Closing or seeks to recover damages from Sellers resulting therefrom.  No litigation or proceeding shall be pending or threatened to enjoin or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
39

c.   Closing Deliveries .  Buyer shall have delivered to Sellers duly executed copies of each of the documents or instruments required by this Agreement to be delivered by Buyer at Closing.
 
d.   Title and Environmental .  The aggregate of the Title Defect Adjustment, all Title Defect Exclusions, the Net Casualty Loss, the Environmental Defect Adjustment, all Environmental Defect Exclusions, and the Allocated Value of all Allocated Properties subject to Required Consents that have not been obtained prior to Closing, shall not exceed 15% of the Purchase Price;
 
e.   Hart-Scott-Rodino .  All applicable waiting periods (and any extensions thereof) under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, shall have expired or otherwise been terminated.
 
10.2              Buyer’s Conditions .  The obligations of Buyer at the Closing are subject, at the option of Buyer, to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing of the following conditions precedent:
 
a.    Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of each Seller contained in Article 7 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (except as to representations and warranties qualified by materiality, which shall be true in all respects) on and as of the Closing Date (except with respect to representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which shall be true as of such date), and Sellers shall have performed and satisfied all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed and satisfied by Sellers at or prior to the Closing in all material respects.
 
b.   No Action .  No order shall have been entered by any court or governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Parties or the subject matter of this Agreement that restrains or prohibits the purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement and which remains in effect at the time of Closing or seeks to recover damages from Buyer resulting therefrom.  No litigation or proceeding shall be pending or threatened to enjoin or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
c.    Closing Deliveries .  Sellers shall have delivered to Buyer duly executed copies of each of the documents or instruments required by this Agreement to be delivered by Sellers at Closing.
 
d.    Title and Environmental .  The aggregate of the Title Defect Adjustment, all Title Defect Exclusions, the Net Casualty Loss, the Environmental Defect Adjustment, all Environmental Defect Exclusions, the Allocated Value of all Allocated Properties subject to Required Consents that have not been obtained prior to Closing, and the Allocated Value of all Allocated Properties with respect to which a preferential right has been exercised prior to Closing, shall not exceed 15% of the Purchase Price.
 
40

e.   Hart-Scott-Rodino .  All applicable waiting periods (and any extensions thereof) under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, shall have expired or otherwise been terminated.
 
f.    Interest Additions .  The upward adjustment to the Purchase Price, if any, for the Interest Additions, after netting Interest Additions against Title Defect Amounts as provided in Section 5.4(c)(i), shall not exceed 15% of the Purchase Price.
 
ARTICLE 11
RIGHT OF TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT
11.1              Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated by Sellers or Buyer under the following provisions:
 
a.    By Sellers, if the conditions set forth in Section 10.1 are not satisfied, through no fault of Sellers, and have not been waived by Sellers in writing, as of the Closing Date;
 
b.    By Sellers, if the conditions in Section 10.2 are satisfied or waived by Buyer as of the Closing Date, and Sellers are ready, willing and able to tender performance of the Closing on the Closing Date, but Buyer fails to tender performance of the Closing on the Closing Date;
 
c.    By Buyer, if the conditions set forth in Section 10.2 are not satisfied, through no fault of Buyer, and have not been waived by Buyer in writing, as of the Closing Date; or
 
d.    By Buyer, if the conditions in Section 10.1 are satisfied or waived by Sellers as of the Closing Date, and Buyer is ready, willing and able to tender performance of the Closing on the Closing Date, but Sellers fails to tender performance of the Closing on the Closing Date.
 
e.    By Buyer prior to November 14, 2014, if Buyer, acting in good faith, determines that Sellers’ accounts, books, ledgers, balance sheets, income statements, other financial information and accounting methods make it impossible for Buyer to timely file, within 75 days after the Closing Date, audited financial statements of Buyer that Buyer, acting in good faith, determines will be required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to Buyer’s purchase and operation of  the Assets.
 
11.2              Liabilities Upon Termination .
 
a.    Buyer’s Default .  If Sellers have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(a) by reason of the non-satisfaction of the conditions in Section 10.1(a) or pursuant to Section 11.1(b), and Sellers are not in material default or breach under this Agreement, Sellers shall be entitled to elect between (i) terminating this Agreement and retaining the Deposit as liquidated damages as Sellers’ sole and exclusive remedy (if Sellers elect to proceed under this clause (i) the Parties will instruct the Escrow Agent to pay to Sellers Deposit and all other amounts in the Escrow Account within two Business Days after receipt of such election), or (ii) asserting Sellers’ legal and equitable rights (including specific performance) and Escrow Agent shall continue to hold the Deposit as security for payment of any damages or other amounts finally determined to be owed by Buyer to Sellers.  Sellers and Buyer agree that Sellers’ damages in the event Buyer wrongfully fails to close are difficult to measure and Sellers and Buyer agree that the amount of the liquidated damages provided in clause ”(i)” above bears a reasonable relationship to and is a reasonable estimation of such damages.
 
b.     Sellers’ Default .  If Buyer has the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(c) by reason of the non-satisfaction of the conditions in Section 10.2(a) or pursuant to Section 11.1(d), and Buyer is not in material default or breach under this Agreement, Buyer shall be entitled to elect between (i) specific performance with respect to the interest of Sellers in the Assets or (ii) terminating this Agreement and receiving the return of the Deposit, as Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy (if Buyer elects to proceed under this clause (ii) the Parties will instruct the Escrow Agent to pay to Buyer the Deposit and all other amounts in the Escrow Account within two Business Days after receipt of such election).
 
41

c.    Other Termination .  If this Agreement is terminated other than as provided in Section 11.2(a)(i) or Section 11.2(b)(ii), then the Parties will instruct the Escrow Agent to return the Deposit, and all other amounts in the Escrow Account, to Buyer and no Party shall have any further liability to the other Party arising out of this Agreement except for such provisions hereof which by their terms survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
 
ARTICLE 12  
CLOSING
12.1              Date of Closing .  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 10, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (“ Closing ”) shall be held on December 15, 2014 (the “ Closing Date ”), at the offices of Sellers in Denver, Colorado, at 9:00 a.m. or at such other time and place as the Parties may agree in writing.
 
12.2              Closing Obligations .  At Closing, the following events shall occur, each being a condition precedent to the others and each being deemed to have occurred simultaneously with the others:
 
a    . Assignment .  Sellers and Buyer shall execute, acknowledge and deliver (i) an Assignment, Bill of Sale and Conveyance dated effective as of the Effective Time (in sufficient counterparts to facilitate filing and recording) substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto covering the Assets, and (ii) such other assignments and assumptions, bills of sale, or deeds necessary to transfer the Assets to Buyer, including any conveyances on official forms and related documentation necessary to transfer the Assets to Buyer in accordance with requirements of state and federal governmental regulations.
 
b.      Preliminary Settlement Statement .  Sellers and Buyer shall execute and deliver the Preliminary Settlement Statement.
 
42

c.      Purchase Price .  Buyer shall deliver to Sellers the Closing Amount by paying the Cash Consideration (less the Deposit, which shall be delivered under Section 12.2 (h)) by wire transfer of immediately available funds and delivering the Stock Consideration, in each case, pursuant to Section 3.1.
 
d.      Letters in Lieu .  Sellers and Buyer shall execute and deliver all necessary letters in lieu of transfer orders directing all purchasers of production and operators to pay Buyer the proceeds attributable to production from the Assets from and after the Effective Time.
 
e.      Releases .  Each Seller shall deliver to Buyer duly executed and acknowledged releases in recordable form of all mortgages and deeds of trust encumbering its interest in the Assets created by such Seller and releases of the associated financing statements.
 
f.      Non-Foreign Status Certificate .  Each Seller shall deliver to Buyer a certificate in the form of Exhibit H as to its non-foreign status.
 
g.     Change of Operator Forms .  The applicable Sellers and Buyer shall execute federal and state change of operator forms with respect to those Assets that will be operated by Buyer after Closing and the applicable Sellers shall execute and deliver to Buyer resignation of operator letters in a form reasonably acceptable to Buyer.
 
h.     Escrow Instructions .  The Parties shall execute written instructions instructing the Escrow Agent to disburse the Deposit, and all interest accrued thereon, to Sellers.
 
i.      Possession .  Sellers shall deliver to Buyer possession of the Assets.
 
j.      Book Entry .  Buyer shall cause a book entry representing the Stock Consideration to be made in favor of each Seller.
 
k.      Listing Application .  Buyer shall deliver an additional listing approval notice to Sellers, duly executed by the NYSE MKT, authorizing, subject to official notice of issuance, the listing of the Stock Consideration component of the Purchase Price.

ARTICLE 13
POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS
13.1              Post-Closing Adjustments .  On or before 120 days after Closing, Sellers with the assistance of Buyer’s staff and with access to such records as necessary, shall prepare and deliver to Buyer a final settlement statement (the “ Final Settlement Statement ”) setting forth each adjustment or payment that was not finally determined as of the Closing and showing the calculation of such adjustment, any adjustments previously settled between the Parties, and the resulting Purchase Price as finally adjusted (the “ Final Purchase Price ”).  The Final Settlement Statement shall be adjusted to reflect any Title Defects cured pursuant to Section 5.5, any adjustments for Required Consents that have been obtained under Section 5.8, the outcome of any judicial determination under Section 5.6 that is completed prior to the Final Settlement Date for which the Parties have not settled payment, and any unpaid Taxes that are apportioned to periods prior to the Effective Time pursuant to Section 14.1.  As soon as practicable after receipt of Sellers’ proposed Final Settlement Statement, but in any event on or before 15 days after receipt of Sellers’ proposed Final Settlement Statement, Buyer shall deliver to Sellers a written report containing any changes that Buyer proposes to make to the Final Settlement Statement.  Buyer’s failure to deliver to Sellers a written report detailing changes to the proposed Final Settlement Statement by that date shall be deemed an acceptance by Buyer of the Final Settlement Statement as submitted by Sellers.  The Parties shall attempt in good faith to agree with respect to the changes proposed by Buyer, if any, no later than 15 days after receipt by Sellers of Buyer’s comments on the proposed Final Settlement Statement.  The date upon which such agreement is reached or upon which the Final Purchase Price is established pursuant to Section 13.2 shall be called the “ Final Settlement Date .”  If the Final Purchase Price is more than the Closing Amount plus the Deposit, Buyer shall pay Sellers the amount of such difference pursuant to Section 3.1.  If the Final Purchase Price is less than the Closing Amount plus the Deposit, Sellers shall pay to Buyer the amount of such difference.  Any such payment by Buyer or Sellers shall be by wire transfer in immediately available funds within five Business Days after the Final Settlement Date.
 
43

 
13.2              Determination of Final Settlement Statement Disputes .  If the Parties are unable to resolve any dispute concerning the Final Settlement Statement or Final Purchase Price on or before 30 days after the Final Settlement Statement is received by Buyer, Sellers shall have the right to seek judicial determination of such dispute, subject to Section 16.11, provided that such action shall be filed, if at all, within 15 days after the end of such 30 day period and if such action is not filed within such 15 day period Sellers shall be deemed to have accepted Buyer’s changes to the Final Settlement Statement
 
13.3              Records .  Buyer shall and shall cause its successors and assigns to provide Sellers access to the Records pursuant to Section 9.1(l).
 
13.4              Suspense Accounts .  Under Section 3.2(b)(vii) Buyer shall be credited with an amount equal to all funds held in suspense by Sellers relating to Hydrocarbons produced from the Assets.  Buyer will assume full and complete responsibility and liability for proper handling and payment of such amounts and for maintaining any necessary suspense accounts relating thereto.
 
13.5              Removal of Name .  As promptly as practicable, but in any case within 30 days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall eliminate the name “Bayswater,” its logo and any variants thereof from the Assets and, except with respect to such grace period for eliminating existing usage, shall have no right to use any logos, trademarks or trade names belonging to Sellers or any of their Affiliates.
 
13.6              Further Assurances .   From time to time after Closing, Sellers and Buyer shall each execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other such further instruments and take such other action as may be reasonably requested in order more effectively to assure to the other the full beneficial use and enjoyment of the Assets and otherwise to accomplish the purposes of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement , including Buyer ’s execution of separate letters assuming specific contracts included in the Assets as may be required to comply with the assignment or assumption provisions of such contracts in lieu of furnishing a copy of this Agreement to the counterparty to such contract.
 
44

ARTICLE 14
TAXES
14.1              Apportionment of Taxes .  “ Taxes ” means all ad valorem, property, production, excise, net proceeds, severance, and all other taxes and similar obligations assessed against the Assets or based upon or measured by the ownership of the Assets or the production of Hydrocarbons or the receipt of proceeds therefrom, other than income taxes.  All Taxes based on production of hydrocarbons shall be deemed attributable to the period during which such production occurred, and not to the period during which such Taxes are assessed. All Taxes shall be prorated between Buyer and Seller as of the Effective Date for all taxable periods that include the Effective Date.  The apportionment of Taxes between the Parties, adjusted to take into account credits for withholding amounts assigned to or applied for the benefit of Buyer as provided below, shall take place as an adjustment to the Purchase Price pursuant to Article 3.2 in the Preliminary Settlement Statement, using estimates of such Taxes if actual numbers are not available.
 
14.2              Transfer Taxes .  Each Party shall be liable for any Transfer Taxes required to be paid by it in connection with the sale of the Assets pursuant to this Agreement.
 
14.3              Tax Reports and Returns .  Buyer will file all ad valorem tax returns from 2014 revenues and production and Seller shall have filed all ad valorem tax returns related to 2013 revenue and production.  The Party not filing the return agrees to provide the Party filing the return with appropriate information which is necessary to file any required tax reports and returns related to the Assets.  Buyer agrees to pay all ad valorem taxes due after the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding the above, the rights to any amounts withheld by third parties from previous production proceeds for the purpose of paying then unpaid ad valorem taxes for 2013 production assessed in 2014 (payable in 2015) or for 2014 production assessed in 2015 (payable in 2016) will be assigned by Seller to Buyer at Closing. If any purchaser of production has not withheld appropriate amounts from 2013 production proceeds for the purpose of paying ad valorem taxes assessed for 2014 (payable in 2015), or for 2014 production assessed in 2015 (payable in 2016) then (i) the actual amount necessary to pay the then unpaid ad valorem taxes assessed on 2013 production (payable in 2015) and (ii) the estimated amount that should have been withheld from 2014 production based upon pre-Effective Date production (at the rate indicated by the most recently published mill levy) will be determined, and such amounts will be credited to Buyer at Closing pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 14.1. The assignment of, and credit for, these amounts shall serve as a final settlement for ad valorem taxes.  To the extent that Seller receives any ad valorem taxes withheld from post-Effective Date revenue, Seller shall promptly pay such amounts to Buyer.  For Tax periods in which the Effective Time occurs, Sellers agree to promptly forward to Buyer copies of any tax reports and returns received by Sellers after Closing and provide Buyer with any information Sellers have that is necessary for Buyer to file any required tax reports and returns related to the Assets.  Buyer agrees to file all tax returns and reports applicable to the Assets that Buyer is required to file after the Closing and, subject to the provisions of Section 14.1, to pay all taxes payable with respect to the Assets.
 
45

14.4              Like-Kind Exchange .  If requested by any Seller, Buyer will cooperate with such Seller to accommodate a like-kind exchange under Section 1031 of the Code with respect to all or any of the Assets (or any portion thereof) owned by such Seller.  Such cooperation will include, without limitation, the execution of certain documents in connection with such like-kind exchange, but Buyer shall not be required to assume any additional liabilities or obligations in connection therewith.  Each Seller shall have the right, without the consent of Buyer, to assign all or any portion of its interests in the Assets to a third party designated by such Seller for purposes of facilitating the like-kind exchange.
 
ARTICLE 15
ASSUMPTION AND RETENTION OF
OBLIGATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION
15.1              Buyer’s Assumption of Liabilities and Obligations .  Subject to Section 15.2(a), from and after the Closing, Buyer shall be deemed to have assumed and shall have full responsibility and liability for:
 
a.     Assumed Environmental Liabilities .  All damages, losses, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments and other costs (including any civil fines, penalties, costs of assessment, clean-up, removal and Remediation of pollution or contamination, and expenses for the modification, repair or replacement of facilities on or associated with the Assets) required by law or attributable to claims by any and all persons and any agency or other body of federal, state or local government, on account of any personal injury, illness or death, any damage to, destruction or loss of property, and any contamination or pollution of natural resources (including soil, air, surface water or groundwater) to the extent any of the foregoing directly or indirectly is caused by or otherwise involves any environmental condition of the Assets, whether created or existing before, on or after the Effective Time, including the presence, disposal or release of any material (whether hazardous, extremely hazardous, toxic or otherwise) of any kind in, on or under the Assets (the “ Assumed Environmental Liabilities ”).  BUYER’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS SHALL EXTEND TO AND INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO (I) THE NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER FAULT OF SELLER AND THIRD PARTIES, WHETHER SUCH NEGLIGENCE IS ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, GROSS, JOINT, SOLE OR CONCURRENT, (II) SELLER’S OR BUYER’S STRICT LIABILITY, AND (III) SELLER’S OR BUYER’S LIABILITIES OR OBLIGATIONS UNDER ANY ENVIRONMENTAL LAW .
 
b.      Assumed Plugging and Abandonment Obligations .  Upon Closing, Buyer hereby assumes the following plugging and abandonment obligations related to the Assets (“ Assumed Plugging and Abandonment Obligations ”), regardless of whether such obligations are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Assets before, on or after the Effective Time:
 
(i)    the necessary and proper plugging, replugging and abandonment of all Wells
 
46

(ii)   the necessary and proper removal, abandonment and disposal of all structures, pipelines, equipment, abandoned property, trash, refuse and junk located on or comprising part of the Assets;
 
(iii)  the necessary and proper capping and burying of all associated flow lines located on or comprising part of the Assets;
 
(iv)  the necessary and proper restoration of the surface and subsurface to the condition required by applicable laws, regulations, Leases or contracts;
 
(v)  all obligations relating to the items described in Section 15.1(b)(i) through 15.1(b)(iv) arising from contractual requirements and demands made by courts, authorized regulatory bodies or parties claiming a vested interest in the Assets; and
 
(vi) obtain and maintain all bonds, or supplemental or additional bonds, that may be required contractually or by governmental authorities.
 
c.     General Assumption .  Except to the extent covered by Sellers’ limited indemnification of Buyer under Section 15.2(a), upon Closing, Buyer shall assume and pay, perform, fulfill and discharge (i) all claims, costs, expenses, liabilities and obligations accruing or relating to the ownership or operation of the Assets before, on or after the Effective Time, including the owning, developing, exploring, operating and maintaining of the Assets and the producing, transporting and marketing of Hydrocarbons from the Assets, including the payment of Property Expenses, the make-up and balancing obligations for overproduction of gas from the Wells, all liability for Royalties with respect to the Assets, (ii) the Assumed Environmental Liabilities, (iii) the Assumed Plugging and Abandonment Obligations, (iv) all wellhead imbalances associated with the Assets or Hydrocarbons produced therefrom whether attributable to periods before, on or after the Effective Time, and (v) all pipeline and transportation imbalances associated with the Assets or Hydrocarbons produced therefrom that are attributable to periods from and after the Effective Time (collectively, the “ Assumed Liabilities ”).
 
 
15.2              Indemnification .  Losses arising from diminution of value of any portion of the Assets shall in no event exceed the Allocated Value of those Allocated Properties included in such portion of the Assets, less the net proceeds received by Buyer therefrom.
 
After the Closing, Buyer shall indemnify Sellers, and each Seller (as to itself but not as to any other Seller) shall indemnify Buyer, other as follows:
 
a.     Seller’s Indemnification of Buyer .  Subject to the limitations set forth below, each Seller shall indemnify, defend and save and hold harmless Buyer, its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, representatives, attorneys and agents (the “Buyer Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Losses attributable to or which arise from or in connection with:
 
 
(i)   ( Certain Representations ) any breach by such Seller of any of its representations or warranties under Sections 7.1 through 7.9, inclusive; provided that such Seller shall not have any liability for claims made under this clause (i) after 12 months after the Closing Date;
 
47

(ii)   ( Other Representations ) any breach by such Seller of any of its representations or warranties under Sections 7.10 through 7.20, inclusive; provided:
 
(A)              such Seller shall not have any liability for claims made under this clause (ii) after 180 days after the Closing Date ;
(B)              no Seller shall have any liability for any individual Loss that relates to or arises out of a breach of such Seller’s representations or warranties under Sections 7.10 through 7.20 unless such Loss has a value in excess of $25,000;
(C)              such Seller shall have liability for claims made under this clause  (ii) only to the extent that such claims in the aggregate exceed a deductible amount equal to 2% of such Seller’s Share of the Purchase Price;
(D)              such Seller ’s aggregate liability for all claims made under this clause (ii)  shall be limited to and shall not exceed an amount equal to 10% of such Seller’s Share of the Purchase Price; and
(E)              Buyer shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived any claim under this clause  (ii) if, as of the Closing , Buyer has knowledge of the breach giving rise to such claim and such breach causes Buyer ’s Closing condition in Section  10.2(a) not to be satisfied but Buyer nonetheless proceeds with the Closing ;
(iii)   ( Royalties ) any third party claims for Royalties payable by such Seller on or attributable to production from its interests in the Assets during the period prior to the Effective Time that such Seller owned such interests; provided that no Sellers shall have any liability for claims made under this clause (iii) after 12 months after the Closing Date;
 
(iv)   ( Property Expenses ) any Property Expenses incurred by such Seller with respect to its interests in the Assets during the period prior to the Effective Time that such Seller owned such interests; provided that no Sellers shall have any liability for claims made under this clause (iv) after the Final Settlement Date;
 
(v)   ( Pipeline Imbalances ) all pipeline and transportation imbalances attributable to pipeline shipments of Hydrocarbons produced from such Seller’s interests in the Assets during such Seller’s period of ownership thereof prior to the Effective Time;
 
(vi)   ( Personal Injury ) any claim by any employee of such Seller or any other person for personal injury or wrongful death which is attributable to events occurring during the period prior to the Effective Time that such Seller owned the Assets (but not including any Assumed Environmental Liabilities); provided that such Seller shall not have any liability for claims made under this clause (vi) after 12 months after the Closing Date; and
 
48

(vii)   (Covenants and Agreements) any breach by such Seller of its covenants or agreements under this Agreement; provided that such Seller shall not have any liability for claims made under this clause (vii) after 90 days after such covenant or agreement was required by this Agreement to be performed;
 
PROVIDED THAT EACH SELLER’S LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS UNDER THIS SECTION 15.2(a) SHALL BE FURTHER LIMITED AS FOLLOWS:
(1)              For purposes of determining whether indemnification is payable under Section 15.2(a)(i) or (ii) and calculating Losses related thereto, all “Material Adverse Effect” qualifiers in each Seller’s representations and warranties set forth in Article 7 shall be disregarded;
(2)              Subject to each of the foregoing limitations that may further limit a Seller’s liability with respect to a particular claim, each Seller’s liability for claims under this Section 15.2(a), in the aggregate, shall be limited to and shall not exceed an amount equal to 25% of such Seller’s Share of the Purchase Price (for clarity, such 25% limit shall not enlarge the 10% limit in Section 15.2(a)(ii)(D) with respect to claims made under Section 15.2(a)(ii)) ; and
(3)              Other than claims under Section 15.2(a) for breach of Section 7.9, this Section 15.2(a) shall not cover or apply to any matter regarding taxes, which shall be handled solely as provided in Section 13.1 and Article 14.
b.     Buyer’s Indemnification of Sellers .  Buyer assumes all risk, liability, obligation and Losses in connection with, and shall defend, indemnify, and save and hold harmless Sellers, their respective officers, directors, shareholders, members, managers, partners, employees, representatives, attorneys and agents (the “ Sellers Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Losses attributable to or which arise from or in connection with (i) the Assumed Liabilities (including the Assumed Environmental Liabilities and Assumed Plugging and Abandonment Obligations), (ii) any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by Buyer in this Agreement, and (iii) any matter for which Buyer has agreed to indemnify Sellers under this Agreement.  The indemnification obligations of Buyer shall survive the Closing without any time limitation.
 
c.    Scope.  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED HEREIN, THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE INDEMNIFIED PERSON’S SOLE, JOINT OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER FAULT .
 
49

d. Waiver of Consequential Damages.  EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, AND LOSS OF PROFITS RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT AND LOSSES INCURRED AS A RESULT OF SUCH PARTY CONTRACTUALLY OR OTHERWISE INDEMNIFYING A THIRD PARTY .
 
15.3              Procedure .  The indemnification obligations contained in Section 15.2 shall be implemented as follows:
 
a.     Coverage .  Such indemnity shall extend to all Losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified Party.
 
b.     Claim Notice .  The Party seeking indemnification under the terms of this Agreement (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall submit a written “ Claim Notice ” to the other Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) which, to be effective, must state:  (i) the amount of each payment claimed by an Indemnified Party to be owing, (ii) the basis for such claim, with supporting documentation, and (iii) a list identifying to the extent reasonably possible each separate item of Loss for which payment is so claimed.  The amount claimed shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party to the extent required herein within 10 days after the later of (x) receipt of the Claim Notice and (y) the date that the amount of such payment has been finally established.
 
c.    Notification of Claims .  Within 20 days after the Indemnified Party receives notice of a claim or legal action that may result in a Loss for which indemnification may be sought under this Article 15 (“ Claim ”), the Indemnified Party shall give written notice of such Claim to the Indemnifying Party.  If the Indemnifying Party or its counsel so requests, the Indemnified Party shall furnish the Indemnifying Party with copies of all pleadings and other information with respect to such Claim.  At the election of the Indemnifying Party made within 60 days after receipt of such notice, the Indemnified Party shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume control of such Claim (to the extent only that such Claim, legal action or other matter relates to a Loss for which the Indemnifying Party is liable), including the determination of all appropriate actions, the negotiation of settlements on behalf of the Indemnified Party, and the conduct of litigation through attorneys of the Indemnifying Party’s choice; provided, however , that no such settlement can result in any liability or cost to the Indemnified Party for which it is entitled to be indemnified hereunder without its consent not to be unreasonably withheld.  If the Indemnifying Party elects to assume control of a claim or legal action, (i) any expense incurred by the Indemnified Party thereafter for investigation or defense of the matter shall be borne by the Indemnified Party, and (ii) the Indemnified Party shall give all reasonable information and assistance, other than pecuniary, that the Indemnifying Party shall deem necessary to the proper defense of such Claim, legal action, or other matter.  In the absence of such an election, the Indemnified Party will use its reasonable efforts to defend, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, any claim, legal action or other matter to which such other Party’s indemnification under this Article 15 applies until the Indemnifying Party assumes such defense, and, if the Indemnifying Party fails to assume such defense within the time period provided above, settle the same in the Indemnified Party’s reasonable discretion at the Indemnifying Party’s expense.  If such a Claim requires immediate action, both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party will cooperate in good faith to take appropriate action so as not to jeopardize defense of such Claim or either Party’s position with respect to such Claim.
 
50

15.4              No Insurance; Subrogation .  To the extent of the indemnification obligations in this Agreement, Buyer and Sellers hereby waive for themselves, their successors and assigns, including any insurers, any rights to subrogation for Losses for which each of them is respectively liable or against which each respectively indemnifies the other, and, if required by applicable policies, Buyer and Sellers shall obtain waiver of such subrogation from their respective insurers.
 
15.5              Reservation as to Non-Parties .  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to limit or otherwise waive any recourse Buyer or Sellers may have against any Person not a party to this Agreement for any obligations or liabilities that may be incurred with respect to the Assets.
 
15.6              Exclusive Remedy .  The sole and exclusive remedy of Buyer with respect to the Assets shall be pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.  Without limitation of the foregoing, if the Closing occurs the sole and exclusive remedy of Buyer for any and all:  (a) claims relating to any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements that are contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered at Closing, (b) other claims pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, and (c) other claims relating to the Assets and the purchase and sale thereof, shall be any right to the limited indemnification from such claims that is expressly provided in this Article 15, and if no such right of indemnification is expressly provided, then such claims are hereby waived to the fullest extent permitted by law.  If the Closing occurs, Buyer shall also be deemed to have waived, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, any right to contribution against Sellers (including any contribution claim arising under any applicable Environmental Law) and any and all other rights, claims and causes of action it may have against Sellers arising under or based on any federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation or common law or otherwise.
 
15.7              Waiver of Right to Rescission .  Other than Sellers’ and Buyer’s right to enforce specific performance under Section 11.2(a)(ii) and 11.2(b)(i), respectively, Sellers and Buyer acknowledge that the payment of money (as limited by Section 15.2(a) and the other provisions of this Agreement) shall be adequate compensation for breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein or for any other claim arising in connection with or with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.  As the payment of money shall be adequate compensation, Buyer and Sellers waive any right to rescind this Agreement, the sale of the Assets to Buyer, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
15.8              Mutual Releases .  Buyer shall be deemed to have released the Sellers Indemnified Parties, at Closing, from any and all Losses for which Buyer has agreed to indemnify the Sellers Indemnified Parties hereunder, and Sellers shall be deemed to have released the Buyer Indemnified Parties, at Closing, from any and all Losses for which Sellers have agreed to indemnify the Buyer Indemnified Parties hereunder (to the extent of the dollar or time limitations on such indemnity).
 
51

15.9              Anti-Indemnity Statute Limitation Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent, if at all, that Colo. Rev. Stat. § 13-21-111.5 (as amended from time to time or any successor statute) is applicable, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed or applied to require any Indemnifying Party to indemnify any Indemnified Party against loss or liability for damages for (i) death or bodily injury to persons, (ii) injury to property or (iii) any other loss, damage or expense arising under (i) or (ii) from the sole or concurrent negligence of such Indemnified Party or its agents or employees, the sole or concurrent negligence of an independent contractor who is directly responsible to such Indemnified Party, or any accident that occurs in operations carried on at the direction or under the supervision of such Indemnified Party or an employee or representative of such Indemnified Party or in accordance with methods and means specified by such Indemnified Party or employees or representatives of such Indemnified Party.
 
ARTICLE 16
MISCELLANEOUS
16.1              Exhibits and Schedules .  The Exhibits and Schedules referred to in this Agreement are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference and constitute a part of this Agreement.
 
16.2              Expenses .  Except as otherwise specifically provided, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by Sellers or Buyer in negotiating this Agreement or in consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the Party incurring same, including legal, investment banking, brokerage and accounting fees, costs and expenses.
 
16.3              Notices .  All notices and communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed as follows:

If to Sellers:
Bayswater Exploration & Production, LLC
730 17 th Street, Suite 610
Denver, Colorado 80202
Telephone:
(303) 893-2503
Facsimile:
(303) 893-2508
Attention:
Steve Struna and Lynn Belcher
 
52

 
 
 
If to Buyer:
Synergy Resources Corporation
20203 Highway 60
Platteville, Colorado 80651
Telephone:
(970) 737-1073
Facsimile:
(970) 737-1045
Attention:
Ed Holloway and Bill Scaff
 
 
Any communication or delivery hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly made and the receiving Party charged with notice (i) if personally delivered, when received, (ii) if faxed, when received, (iii) if mailed, certified mail, return receipt requested, on the date set forth on the return receipt or (iv) if sent by overnight courier, when received; provided that a copy of any notice delivered pursuant to subsections (i) through (iv) above shall also be sent by electronic mail, but such electronic mail shall not itself constitute notice for purposes of this Agreement.  Any Party may, by written notice so delivered to the other Party, change the address or individual to which notice shall thereafter be made.
16.4              Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the documents to be executed hereunder and the exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire Agreement between Sellers and Buyer pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of Sellers and Buyer pertaining to the subject matter hereof.
 
16.5              Amendments and Waivers .  This Agreement may not be amended except as provided in a written instrument executed by both Parties.  Except for waivers specifically provided for in this Agreement, no right of either Party under this Agreement may be waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the Party to be charged with such waiver and delivered by such Party to the Party claiming the benefit of such waiver.
 
16.6              Assignment .  Neither Buyer nor Sellers may assign all or any portion of its respective rights hereunder (including any of its rights under Article 15) or delegate all or any portion of its respective duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however , that as long as Buyer shall continue to remain liable for the performance of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement after such assignment, Buyer may assign any or all of its rights hereunder and may delegate any or all of its duties hereunder to any of its Affiliates.
 
16.7              Confidentiality .  Sellers and Buyer agree that the provisions of this Agreement shall be kept confidential except as disclosure (a) may be required by applicable law, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or stock exchanges, or (b) is contemplated by the terms of this Agreement.  Buyer shall inform Sellers in advance of all such disclosures by Buyer.  Sellers shall inform Buyer in advance of all such disclosures by Sellers.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sellers shall be entitled to provide a copy of this Agreement to any preferential right holder.
 
16.8              Press Releases Without the prior written consent of the other Party , neither Party shall make, or permit any agent or Affiliate of such Party to make, any public announcement or statement with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no permitted public announcement or statement shall identify the other Party by name ; provided, however , if a Party is required to make such public announcement or statement, or identify the other Party by name in such announcement or statement, by law or under the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange ( or other public stock exchange of similar  reputation and standing) on which the shares of such Party or any of its Affiliates are listed, then the same may be made without the approval of the other Party .  The opinion of counsel of the Party making such announcement or statement shall be conclusive evidence of such requirement by law or rules or regulations.
 
53

16.9              Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by Sellers and Buyer in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original instrument, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Execution can be evidenced by fax or .PDF signatures.
 
16.10              Headings, References, Titles and Construction .  All references in this Agreement to Exhibits, Schedules, Articles, Sections, subsections, and other subdivisions refer to the Exhibits, Schedules, Articles, Sections, subsections and other subdivisions of this Agreement unless expressly provided otherwise.  Titles and headings appearing at the beginning of any subdivision are for convenience only and do not constitute any part of any such subdivision and shall be disregarded in construing the language contained in this Agreement.  The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited.  The phrases “this Section” and “this subsection” and similar phrases refer only to the Sections or subsections hereof in which the phrase occurs.  The word “or” is not exclusive, and “including” (and its various derivatives), means “including without limitation.”  Pronouns in masculine, feminine and neuter gender shall be construed to include any other gender.  Words in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and words in the plural form shall be construed to include the singular, unless the context otherwise requires.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation of this Agreement arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring a Party as a result of authorship or drafting of any provision of this Agreement.
 
16.11              Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue .  This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Colorado without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  The Parties consent to jurisdiction and venue in the United States District Court, or the Colorado State District Court, located in Denver, Colorado, with respect to all claims arising under this Agreement or any document or instrument delivered at Closing.
 
16.12              Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.
 
16.13              Survival .  The representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnification obligations of the Parties shall survive to the extent claims may be made for breach thereof under Article 15.
 
54

16.14              No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is intended only to benefit the Parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
 
16.15              Severability .  It is the intent of the Parties that the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be severable.  Should any provision, in whole or in part, be held invalid as a matter of law, such holding shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and such provisions that are not invalid shall be given effect without the invalid provision.
 
16.16              Knowledge and Reasonable and Good Faith Efforts .  The knowledge or best knowledge of a Party, or similar phrases, shall mean for purposes of this Agreement, the actual knowledge of the individuals listed on Schedule 16.16 , without duty of inquiry, with respect to such Party.  Reasonable efforts, reasonable commercial efforts, or good faith efforts, as used in this Agreement, do not include the obligation to pay consideration.
 
16.17              Disclaimers .  THE PARTIES AGREE THAT, TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW TO BE OPERATIVE, THE DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 16.18 ARE “CONSPICUOUS” DISCLAIMERS FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY APPLICABLE LAW, RULE OR ORDER.  THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND THE TITLE WARRANTIES IN THE CONVEYANCES OF THE ASSETS TO BE DELIVERED AT CLOSING, (COLLECTIVELY “SELLERS’ WARRANTIES”) ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE.  SELLER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  WITHOUT LIMITATION OF THE FOREGOING AND EXCEPT FOR SELLER’S WARRANTIES, THE ASSETS SHALL BE CONVEYED PURSUANT HERETO WITHOUT (A) ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, RELATING TO (I) TITLE TO THE ASSETS, THE CONDITION, QUANTITY, QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, CONFORMITY TO THE MODELS OR SAMPLES OF MATERIALS OR MERCHANTABILITY OF ANY EQUIPMENT OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE, (II) THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY DATA, REPORTS, RECORDS, PROJECTIONS, INFORMATION OR MATERIALS NOW, HERETOFORE OR HEREAFTER FURNISHED OR MADE AVAILABLE TO BUYER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, (III) PRICING ASSUMPTIONS, OR QUALITY OR QUANTITY OF HYDROCARBON RESERVES (IF ANY) ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE ASSETS OR THE ABILITY OR POTENTIAL OF THE ASSETS TO PRODUCE HYDROCARBONS, (IV) THE
 
 
55

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE ASSETS, BOTH SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE, (V) ANY IMPLIED OR EXPRESS WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR (VI) ANY OTHER MATTERS CONTAINED IN ANY MATERIALS FURNISHED OR MADE AVAILABLE TO BUYER BY SELLERS OR BY SELLERS” AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES, OR (B) ANY OTHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHER WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION WHATSOEVER.  BUYER SHALL HAVE INSPECTED, OR WAIVED (AND UPON CLOSING SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE WAIVED) ITS RIGHT TO INSPECT, THE ASSETS FOR ALL PURPOSES AND SATISFIED ITSELF AS TO THEIR PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION, BOTH SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONDITIONS SPECIFICALLY RELATED TO THE PRESENCE, RELEASE OR DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, SOLID WASTES, ASBESTOS AND OTHER MAN MADE FIBERS, OR NORM.  BUYER IS RELYING SOLELY UPON THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS OWN INSPECTION OF THE ASSETS, AND BUYER SHALL ACCEPT ALL OF THE SAME IN THEIR “AS IS, WHERE IS” CONDITION.
 

[Signature Page Follows]
 
 
 
56

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
SELLERS:
 
Bayswater Exploration & Production, LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Stephen M. Struna
Name:
Stephen M. Struna
Title:
President
 


Bayswater Blenheim Holdings, LLC
 
By:
/s/ Guy J. Castranova
Name:    
Guy J. Castranova
Title:      
Managing Director
 
 

 
Bayswater Blenheim Holdings II, LLC
 
By: /s/ Guy J. Castranova
Name:    
Guy J. Castranova
Title:      
Managing Director




BUYER:
 
Synergy Resources Corporation
 
By:
/s/ Ed Holloway
Name: Ed Holloway
Title: Co-CEO


 

Schedule 1.1

Sellers’ Shares

The Parties agree that Sellers shall furnish a completed Schedule 1.1 to Buyer reflecting the Sellers’ Shares on or before November 14, 2014 and that such Schedule 1.1 furnished by Sellers shall be deemed to constitute Schedule 1.1 as if attached to the Agreement on the Execution Date.
 
 
 


 

Schedule 3.2(a)(iii)

Wells Not Completed as of Effective Time


The Anadarko Wells as defined in Article 1 of the Agreement.
 
 
 

 

Schedule 9.1(p)

Financial Statement Information Indemnification and Contribution

A.              Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Sellers Indemnified Parties from any and all Losses, whether joint or several, arising from any Claim to which any Sellers Indemnified Party may become subject or liable or which may be incurred by or assessed against any Seller Indemnified Party under any statute, common law, contract or otherwise, relating to or arising out of any of:  (a) any actions or omissions of the Sellers relating to the providing of the financial information under Section 9.1(p) (b) the completeness or accuracy of any of the financial information under Section 9.1(p) (c) any securities, tax, corporate, or other filings of the Buyer; or (d) Buyer’s use of the financial information under Section 9.1(p).  Promptly after receipt by the Sellers Indemnified Parties of notice of the occurrence of a Claim, or any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Buyer, Sellers Indemnified Party will notify Buyer in writing of the commencement thereof or of such Claim, and Buyer shall immediately assume the full defense thereof (including the employment of counsel satisfactory to the Sellers Indemnified Parties and the payment of the fees and expenses of such counsel).  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Sellers Indemnified Parties will be entitled to employ their own counsel in such circumstance if the Sellers Indemnified Parties are advised in a written opinion of counsel that a conflict of interest exists which makes representation by counsel chosen by the Buyer not advisable.  In such event, the reasonable fees and disbursements of such separate counsel will be paid by the Buyer.

B.              If for any reason (other than as specifically provided herein) the foregoing indemnity for a Claim is unavailable to Sellers Indemnified Parties or insufficient to fully hold any Sellers Indemnified Party harmless, then the Buyer shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Sellers Indemnified Parties as a result of such Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received (including the proceeds of any offering) by and fault of Buyer on the one hand, and the relative benefits received by and fault of the Sellers Indemnified Parties on the other hand, as well as any relevant equitable considerations.  It is hereby further agreed that the relative fault of the Buyer on the one hand and Sellers Indemnified Parties on the other hand with respect to the financial information under Section 9.1(p) shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or incorrect opinion or conclusion or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to the information supplied by the Buyer on the one hand or by the Sellers Indemnified Parties on the other hand, as well as the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement, opinion, conclusion or omission.  No Sellers Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Buyer or any other person in connection with the financial information under Section 9.1(p) except for any liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities finally judicially determined to have resulted solely and exclusively from actions taken or omitted to be taken as a direct result of such Sellers Indemnified Party’s willful misconduct.  The indemnity, contribution and expense reimbursement agreements and obligations set forth herein shall be in addition to any other rights, remedies or indemnification which Sellers Indemnified Parties may have or be entitled to at common law or otherwise.  Buyer shall not settle any Claim covered by this Schedule 9.1(p) without the prior consent of Sellers Indemnified Parties involved therein if any admission of wrong doing, negligence or improper activity of any kind of such Sellers Indemnified Party is a part of such settlement.  Buyer shall not, without the prior written consent of Sellers Indemnified Parties, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which Sellers Indemnified Parties are or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by Sellers Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Sellers Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding.
 
 

 


Schedule 16.16

Persons with Knowledge


BAYSWATER EXPLORATION & PRODUCTION, LLC
Steve M. Struna
Lynn S. Belcher
Don W. Barbula
Pamela B. Kingery


BAYSWATER BLENHEIM HOLDINGS LLC AND BAYSWATER BLENHEIM HOLDINGS II, LLC
Guy J. Castranova
 

 
SYNERGY RESOURCES COPORATION
Ed Holloway
Bill Scaff
Monty Jennings
Val Dunn